SLR HC BDC 10-K 2022 FY Annual report

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM

10-K

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2022

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER:

000-56247

SLR HC BDC LLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	85-1801692
(State of formation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
500 Park Avenue
New York , NY	10022
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(

212

)

993-1670

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

Title of Each Class	Trading Symbol	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
N/A	N/A	N/A

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:

Unit

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐    

No

  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    

No

  

☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    

Yes

  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation

S-T

(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    

Yes

  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a

non-accelerated

filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule

12b-2

of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging growth company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.    Yes  ☐    No  

☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to

§240.10D-1(b).  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule

12b-2

of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  

☒

As of June 30, 2022, there was no established public market for the registrant’s units. The issuer had 888,565

units outstanding as of February 24, 2023.

Auditor Firm Id: 185 Auditor Name: KPMG LLP Auditor Location: New York, NY

SLR HC BDC LLC

FORM

10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	PAGE
PART I.
Item 1. Business		2
Item 1A. Risk Factors		29
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments		63
Item 2. Properties		63
Item 3. Legal Proceedings		64
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures		64
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Unitholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		65
Item 6. Reserved		66
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		67
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		77
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		78
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		107
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures		107
Item 9B. Other Information		107
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections		107
PART III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		108
Item 11. Executive Compensation		110
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters		111
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		112
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services		121
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		122
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary		123
Signatures		124

PART I

Item 1. Business

SLR HC BDC LLC (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on July 7, 2020 as a

closed-end,

externally managed investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Furthermore, as the Company is an investment company, it applies the guidance in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. The Company was formed primarily to provide investors with attractive long-term returns through investments made pursuant to the investment strategy of the Company described below. SLR Capital Partners, LLC (the “Adviser” or “SLR”) serves as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Company and the Adviser (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investment Management Agreement”).

The Company pursues a corporate lending strategy focused on direct sourcing, underwriting and managing a diverse portfolio of private loans to U.S. healthcare companies. The Company’s principal focus is to invest in two differentiated strategies: first lien healthcare cash flow loans and first lien life science loans. First lien healthcare cash flow loans are expected to be made to private equity-owned upper middle market healthcare companies with EBITDA between approximately $25 million and $100 million. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $100 million to $300 million. Healthcare cash flow loans are generally expected to have a five to six year final maturity and are often repaid within three years. First lien life science loans are expected to be made to venture capital owned

pre-commercialization

or early revenue drug and device development companies. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $25 million to $150 million. Loans to life science companies are generally expected to have an initial interest-only period and then straight-line amortization with a four to five year final maturity. These loans are often repaid within two to three years. The Company expects to primarily invest in

non-investment

grade debt instruments. The Company also expects that some of its investments will contain delayed-draw term loan type features (which is a legally binding commitment by the Company to fund additional term loans to a borrower in the future) and/or other types of unfunded commitments. The Company’s investments in portfolio companies are referred to herein as “Portfolio Investments”.

The Adviser believes the broad experience of the Adviser’s senior investment team enables it to successfully identify, assess and structure customized senior secured loans and to manage potential risk and return at all stages of the economic cycle. As an unlisted BDC, the Company is not subject to many of the regulatory limitations that govern traditional lending institutions such as banks. This lack of regulation allows the Adviser to be more flexible than regulated lending institutions in selecting and structuring investments, adjusting investment criteria, transaction structures and, in some cases, the types of securities in which the Company is expected to invest. The Adviser believes financial sponsors, management teams and investment banks see this flexibility as a benefit, making it an attractive financing partner. The Adviser believes that this approach enables it to procure attractive investment opportunities throughout the economic cycle so that it can make investments consistent with its stated investment objective even during turbulent periods in the capital markets.

Moreover, the Company may opportunistically seek to acquire investments in the secondary market at attractive and/or discounted prices, especially during periods of significant market volatility. In analyzing such investments, the Company will employ a substantially similar analytical process as it uses for its primary investments as well as any prior knowledge of the target company.

The Adviser seeks to create a diverse, predominantly floating rate investment portfolio for the Company. There is no guarantee that the Company will achieve its goals or that even if achieved, an investment in the Company will result in gains to an investor. For the avoidance of doubt, any investment guidelines discussed in this annual report apply to a fully

ramped-up

portfolio of investments, (i.e., after the Company has invested substantially all of the capital available to the Company in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy) and are based on total available capital including unfunded equity commitments from the holders (“Unitholders”) of the Company’s units (“Units”) and total expected leverage, as reasonably determined by the Adviser. The Company will not be required to take any action (including unwinding or liquidating any position) in the event that such guideline is exceeded subsequent to the investment date, whether as a result of changes in the market value of the Company’s portfolio or otherwise.

2

The Adviser — SLR Capital Partners, LLC

SLR serves as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investment Management Agreement”). Subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Adviser is responsible for managing the Company’s business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring the Company’s portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals. The managing members of the Adviser are Michael Gross and Bruce Spohler. The Adviser has established an investment committee that is dedicated to the Company (the “Investment Committee”), which is currently comprised of Michael Gross, Bruce Spohler, Philip Guerin, Julie Reyes, Anthony Storino and Krishna Thiyagarajan.

The Board of Directors

Overall responsibility for the Company’s operations rests with the Board. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Adviser and other service providers in our operations in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws, and the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”). The Board currently consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of the Adviser as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. The Company refers to these individuals as our independent directors. The Board elects officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board. The responsibilities of each director include, among other things, the oversight of investment activities, the quarterly valuation of assets, and oversight of financing arrangements. The Board has established an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish additional committees in the future.

Investment Management Agreement

Subject to the overall supervision of the Board, the Adviser manages the investments of, and provide certain services to, the Company pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, including:

(i) providing overall investment management services to the Company in accordance with the LLC Agreement and in accordance with the 1940 Act, including without limitation, sourcing, structuring, negotiating, underwriting, performing diligence, originating and disposing of investments of the Company;

(ii) making investment decisions for the Company;

(iii) servicing investments including, without limitation, monitoring the investments and the creditworthiness of all issuers, developing and executing work out strategies where applicable;

(iv) overseeing the placement of purchase and sale orders on behalf of the Company;

(v) undertaking certain compliance-related activities in respect of the Company in accordance with the investment objective;

(vi) providing good faith valuations of investments for which market quotes are not readily available pursuant to the LLC Agreement;

(vii) voting proxies, exercise rights, options, warrants, conversion privileges, and redemption privileges, and tender securities pursuant to a tender offer;

(viii) enter into agreements and execute any documents (e.g., any loan or credit facility agreements), including without limitation, any market and/or industry standard documentation and standard representations contained therein; and

(ix) providing periodic and special reports to the Company as requested.

The Company engages or otherwise transacts with, and expects that its special-purpose vehicles (such as special-purpose vehicles used for credit facilities or tax blockers) in which it may invest will engage or otherwise transact with, one or more Service Providers (defined herein) in connection with their investment process, including in respect of Portfolio Investments. “Service Providers” include consultants (including in connection with the acquisition, management and disposition of Portfolio Investments), advisors, transaction finders or sources, operating partners, loan and other servicers, loan and other originators,

3

property and other asset managers, investment bankers, valuation agents, pricing service providers, legal counsel, appraisers, industry or sector experts, joint venture partners and development partners, contract employees, outside legal counsel and/or temporary employees (as well as employees of any of the foregoing), whether working onsite or offsite. Any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with services provided by Service Providers will be borne (directly or indirectly) by the Company, subject to the cap on operating expenses, and will not offset Management Fees (defined herein), and such amounts may be substantial.

Investment Management Agreement Term

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Management Agreement will remain in effect from

year-to-year

if approved annually by a majority of the Board or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of the independent directors, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.

The Investment Management Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” within the meaning of the 1940 Act and related Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidance and interpretations. In accordance with the 1940 Act, without payment of any penalty, we may terminate the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser upon 60 days’ written notice. In addition, without payment of any penalty, the Adviser may generally terminate the Investment Management Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the term of the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser may assign the full and exclusive authority and responsibility granted to it under the Investment Management Agreement to an investment adviser under common control with the Adviser, subject to applicable law. The Adviser may take any actions that are necessary or incidental to any such assignment, including assigning the Investment Management Agreement or causing the Company to enter into a new Investment Management Agreement. It is expected that (x) any new investment adviser would be a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), (y) the management fee and incentive fee payable by the Company to such entities would be identical to that payable to the Adviser and (z) certain of the investment professionals would continue to be responsible for managing the Company’s assets.

Compensation of Adviser

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we pay the Adviser certain management and incentive fees prior to and following an Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, we pay the Adviser, in its capacity as Administrative Coordinator, an administration fee for administrative and coordination services, each as defined and described further below. Following an Exchange Listing, we intend to enter into a separate administration agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which administrative services would be provided to the Company, as described further below. The cost of the base management fee, the incentive fee and the administration fee will ultimately be borne by our Unitholders.

Management Fees and Administration Fees

The Company pays the Adviser a management fee prior to an Exchange Listing (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the

“Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fee”) and a management fee following an Exchange Listing (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the “Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee” and, together with the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fee, the “Management Fee”). The Management Fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, as follows:

• Pre-Exchange Listing . Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be calculated as of the close of business on the last day of each calendar quarter in an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of Invested Capital (defined as, as of any date, the sum of (i) capital contributions to the Company used to make Portfolio Investments and (ii) the total amount of credit drawn on subscription or similarly structured credit facilities).

4

• Post-Exchange Listing . Following an Exchange Listing, the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of the average value of the Company’s total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters; provided, however, the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the average value of the Company’s total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters that exceeds the product of (i) 200% and (ii) the value of the Company’s total net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

The Management Fee will be appropriately adjusted for any stub period. The Adviser may arrange for the Company to direct to a placement agent any portion of the Management Fee that the Adviser is owed for purposes of paying any placement fee that the Adviser owes to such placement agent.

The Adviser will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, the Management Fee to which the Adviser is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such Management Fee may be recouped by the Adviser in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the Management Fee.

Incentive Fee

Distributions

. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Company makes distributions out of two categories: Current Proceeds and Disposition Proceeds (collectively referred to as “Investment Proceeds”). “Disposition Proceeds” means all amounts received by the Company upon the disposition of an investment, including full or partial repayments or amortization of principal (but excluding Current Proceeds). “Current Proceeds” means all proceeds from investments, including interest income, fee income, prepayment fees and exit fees, other than Disposition Proceeds, less Company expenses. The Adviser apportions each Unitholder’s pro rata share of Investment Proceeds between Disposition Proceeds and Current Proceeds.

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee

.Prior to an Exchange Listing, and subject to availability, the Company will cause distributable cash to be distributed to Unitholders and to be paid to the Adviser as an incentive fee (the

“Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee”). Amounts of Investment Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders are divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and the Adviser, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(i) Disposition Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders shall be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and paid to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(A) First, Return of Capital Contributions: 100% to such Unitholder until such Unitholders has received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds pursuant to this clause (A) equal to such Unitholder’s total capital contributions to the Company (including amounts contributed to pay

Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fees,

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fees, Organizational Expenses (as defined below) and other Company expenses);

(B) Second, Unitholder Preferred Return: 100% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to Unitholders until they have each received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds, without duplication, pursuant to this clause (B) and clause (D) below and clause (ii)(A) and (ii)(C) below equal to 6% per annum, compounded annually, on Unitholders’ capital contributions to the Company (including amounts contributed to pay

Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fees,

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fees, Organizational Expenses and other Company expenses), determined on the basis of all capital contributions made by such Unitholder and considering all distributions (including the subject distribution) under this

“—Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee” made to such Unitholder (computed from the dates that such capital contributions were due (or, if actually made later, the date on which such capital contributions were actually made) until the date that the Company, in its sole discretion, designates distributable cash as available for distribution or, if no such designation is made, the occurrence of an Event of Dissolution, as defined in the LLC Agreement) (the “Preferred Return”);

(C) Third, Adviser Catch Up: 100% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, until the Adviser has received payments of Investment Proceeds with respect to Unitholders pursuant to this clause (C) and clause (ii)(B) below equal to 10% of the total amounts due to Unitholders and earned by the Adviser pursuant to clause (B) above and this clause (C) and clause (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) below; and

(D) Fourth, 90%/10%: 90% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to Unitholders and 10% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee.

5

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts of

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees under clause (i)(C) and (i)(D) above in excess of the percentage of the Disposition Proceeds actually distributed to Unitholders pursuant to clause (i)(B), (i)(C) and (i)(D) above.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts attributable to Disposition Proceeds that, as of any distribution or payment date, exceeds 20% of cumulative realized capital gains net of all cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation.

(ii) Current Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders shall be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and paid to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(A) First, Unitholder Preferred Return: 100% of all Current Proceeds to Unitholders until Unitholders have received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds, without duplication, pursuant to this clause (A) and clause (C) below and pursuant to clause (i)(B) and clause (i)(D) above equal to the Preferred Return;

(B) Second, Adviser Catch Up: Second, 100% of all remaining Current Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee until the Adviser has received payments of Investment Proceeds with respect to Unitholders pursuant to this clause (B) and clause (i)(C) above equal to 10% of the total amounts due to Unitholders and earned by the Adviser pursuant to clause (A) above and this clause (B) and pursuant to clause (i)(B) and clause (i)(C) above; and

(C) Third, 90%/10%: Thereafter, 90% of all remaining Current Proceeds to Unitholders and 10% of all remaining Current Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts of

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees under clause (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) above in excess of the percentage of the Current Proceeds actually distributed to Unitholders pursuant to clause (ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) above.

Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee

. Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an incentive fee to the Adviser consisting of two parts, as follows (the “Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee”):

(i) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income. One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

a. For this purpose, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued by the Company during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fees, expenses payable under an administration agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee).

b. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6.00% annualized). The Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of its gross assets used to calculate the 1.50% Post-Exchange Listing Management Fees.

c. The Company will pay the Adviser a Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows:

i. no Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the quarterly hurdle rate of 1.50%;

6

ii. 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized); this portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 1.875%) is referred to herein as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter; and

iii. 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized) payable to the Adviser (once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net investment income thereafter is allocated to the Adviser).

These calculations will be

appropriately pro-rated for

any period of less than three months.

Capital Gains Fee

. The second part of the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, the “Capital Gains Fee”, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Management Agreement as set forth below), commencing as of the end of the first fiscal year following an Exchange Listing, and will equal 20.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation as of each fiscal year end, less the amount of any previously paid capital gain Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees, with respect to the Company; provided that the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee determined as of the end of the fiscal year in which an Exchange Listing is completed will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation. In the event that the Investment Management Agreement will terminate as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying a Capital Gains Fee.

Incentive Fee Waiver and Recoupment

.

The Adviser will have the right to waive or reduce, in its sole discretion, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, all or any portion of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee that would otherwise be earned in any particular calendar quarter, and may cause any or all amounts subsequently available for distribution to the Unitholders to be distributed to the Adviser until it has received the same aggregate amount of

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees had it not previously waived receipt of such

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees. Any such

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees may be recouped by the Adviser in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee.

The Adviser will be entitled to withhold from any distributions, in its discretion, any required tax withholdings. Amounts of taxes paid or withheld from amounts otherwise distributable to a Unitholder will be deemed distributed for purposes of the calculations above.

The Adviser may arrange for the Company to direct to a placement agent any portion of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee which the Adviser is owed for purposes of paying any placement fee that the Adviser owes to such placement agent.

Administration Fees and Expenses

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fees

. The Company will pay SLR, in its capacity as the Administrative Coordinator, a fee (the

“Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee”), calculated as of the close of business in New York, New York on the last day of each calendar quarter (the “Administration Fee Calculation Date”), in an amount equal to 0.08% per annum of the average Cost Basis (defined as, as of any date, the aggregate accreted and amortized cost of all Portfolio Investments, including (i) any amounts reinvested in Portfolio Investments and (ii) the cost of Portfolio Investments acquired using leverage), as measured on the last day of the preceding quarter and the last day of the current quarter for the period ended and payable quarterly in arrears after such Administration Fee Calculation Date. The

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee will not offset any fees paid to the Adviser. The Administrative Coordinator will be responsible for all expenses of its own staff responsible for (i) certain

on-going,

routine,

non-investment-related

administrative services for the Company, (ii) the coordination of various third party services needed or required by the Company and (iii) certain Unitholder servicing functions.

7

The

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee will be appropriately adjusted for any stub period.

The Administrative Coordinator will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee to which it is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee may be recouped by the Administrative Coordinator in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee.

Post-Exchange Listing Administration Expenses

. In connection with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SLR Capital Management, LLC (“SCM”) pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement (together with the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee, the “Administration Expenses”).

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The Investment Management Agreement provides that the Adviser (which includes, for all purposes of this paragraph, its members, principals, officers, managers, investors, employees and other representatives and agents and entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Adviser) will not be liable to the Company or to the Unitholders for any loss suffered by the Company or the Unitholders which arises out of any action or inaction of the Adviser taken or made by the Adviser in good faith and in the belief that such action or inaction is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company, except for any loss resulting from fraud, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties of the Adviser in the conduct of the Adviser’s office, and except as otherwise required by applicable law. In addition, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Adviser, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, against any loss resulting from claims or threatened claims with respect to the Adviser’s performance or

non-performance

of its obligations pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, except for any such loss resulting from fraud, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties of the Adviser in the conduct of the Adviser’s office.

Adviser Clawback

Prior to an Exchange Listing, and in connection with the liquidation of the Company, the Adviser will be required to restore funds to the Company for distribution to the Unitholders if and to the extent that the Adviser has received cumulative

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees in excess of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees that would have been payable to the Adviser if the formulas set forth under “

– Compensation of Adviser – Incentive Fee

” above were applied on an aggregate basis covering all transactions of the Company; provided, however, that in no event will the Adviser be required to contribute an aggregate amount in excess of 100% of the net amount distributed to the Adviser (net of taxes) on account of its

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees. In addition, the Adviser will apply an interim

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee adjustment at the end of each fiscal year so that, in the event of any over-distribution of

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee to the Adviser (measured with respect to each Unitholder at the end of the applicable fiscal year as if the Company were to liquidate on such date), future distributions that would, absent such interim incentive fee adjustment, otherwise be distributed to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, shall be distributed to such Unitholder until such over-distribution (net of taxes payable by the Adviser with respect to such

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee) has been eliminated.

Administration Services

Pre-Exchange

Listing

. Prior to an Exchange Listing, pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser was appointed to provide administrative and coordination services to the Company (in such capacity, the “Administrative Coordinator”). The Administrative Coordinator supervises or provides the Company’s administrative services, including operational trade support, net asset value (“NAV”) calculations, financial reporting, fund accounting, registrar and transfer agent services. The Administrative Coordinator provides assistance to the Adviser in connection with communicating with investors and other persons with respect to the Company. The Administrative Coordinator will not provide any investment advisory or investment management services to the Company. In the event that the Administrative Coordinator is terminated or resigns as the administrative coordinator to the Company, the Company reserves the ability to appoint one or more different or replacement administrative coordinators in its sole discretion at any time without notice to the Unitholders. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Company pays the Administrative Coordinator the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee for its services. See “—

Administration Fees and Expenses

.”

8

The Investment Management Agreement contains limitations on liability and indemnifications in favor of the Administrative Coordinator, provided that the Administrative Coordinator’s actions do not constitute fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct (collectively, “Wrongful Conduct”). The Administrative Coordinator’s liability to the Company is subject to an overall cap (except where the Administrative Coordinator has engaged in Wrongful Conduct). In the event that the Administrative Coordinator is terminated or resigns as the administrative coordinator to the Company, the Board reserves the ability to appoint one or more different or replacement administrative coordinators in its sole discretion at any time without notice to the Unitholders, or to assume the Administrative Coordinator’s role on the same or similar terms in providing administration services to the Company.

Concurrent with the review and approval of the Investment Management Agreement, our Board will review and approve the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator on an annual basis. In connection with such approval, the Board, including a majority of independent directors, reviews the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator to determine that the relevant provisions of the Investment Management Agreement are carried out satisfactorily and to determine, among other things, whether the fees payable to the Administrative Coordinator are reasonable in light of the services provided. The Board also considers the possibility of obtaining such services from a different third party and whether any other third party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost, quality and timeliness.

Post-Exchange Listing

. As described above, in connection with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SCM pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement.

Payment of Our Expenses under the Investment Management Agreement

The Company (directly or indirectly) bears:

(i) all of its fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, all of its investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (including with respect to amounts incurred prior to the Company’s initial closing) and all of its other operating fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including all fees, due diligence costs and other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the identification, sourcing, evaluation, pursuit, acquisition, holding, appraisals, asset management, restructuring and disposing of investments, including all reasonable travel-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including lodging and meals, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of legal counsel and financial and other advisers incurred in connection therewith, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of information technology services relating to the ongoing management of investments, and all other investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (to the extent not reimbursed by the relevant portfolio company);

(ii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to any audits or agreed upon procedures, tax forms and return preparations and filings, custodian fees and expenses, fund accounting, administrator services, financial statement preparation and reporting, web services for the benefit of Unitholders, delivery costs and expenses in connection with reporting obligations and communications and compliance services;

(iii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to insurance policies (including director and officer liability insurance) maintained by or for the Company, including in respect of Portfolio Investments and/or personnel of the Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator and their affiliates;

(iv) other administrative fees, costs, and liabilities;

(v) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of brokers, transaction finders and other intermediaries, including brokerage commissions and spreads, and all other transaction-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including reverse break-up fees;

(vi) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to derivatives and hedging transactions;

(vii) all principal amounts of, and interest expense on, borrowings and guarantees, and all other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities arising out of borrowings and guarantees, including the arranging and maintenance thereof, whether incurred by the Company or incurred or facilitated by a special purpose vehicle that makes Portfolio Investments;

(viii) Management Fees;

9

(ix) Administration Expenses;

(x) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred through the use or engagement of Service Providers;

(xi) all taxes, fees, penalties and other governmental charges levied against the Company (see “ Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations ” below) and all fees, costs, expenses, penalties and liabilities related to tax compliance;

(xii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company’s legal counsel related to extraordinary matters, including expenses for any dispute resolution (including litigation and regulatory-related legal expenses);

(xiii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to legal, governance and regulatory compliance and filings, including securities law filings relating to Portfolio Investments;

(xiv) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the Company’s indemnification or contribution obligations;

(xv) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities for subscription services (to the extent such subscription is required by a placement agent);

(xvi) any required regulatory filings and related legal fees;

(xvii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of liquidating the Company;

(xviii) transfer agent services;

(xix) any other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities not specifically assumed by the Adviser or the Administrative Coordinator;

(xx) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the independent directors, including resources retained by the independent directors, or on their behalf, while representing and/or acting on behalf of all Unitholders; and

(xxi) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to an Exchange Listing (including any transactions effectuated in connection therewith) or other business combination.

In addition, prior to an Exchange Listing, the aggregate amount of the operating expenses relating to Unitholders investing directly in the Company set forth in clauses (ii)-(iv) and the operating expenses included in

sub-clauses

(xiii) and (xvi) related to U.S. regulatory bodies above borne by the Company (directly or indirectly) will not exceed the following limits in any fiscal year: (A) if the Company has less than or equal to $400 million in Commitments, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product of the Commitments and 0.0025 and (y) $1.25 million, or (B) if the Company has greater than $400 million in Commitments, $2.25 million (such figure, the “Operating Expense Cap”). Any amount in excess of the Operating Expense Cap for any fiscal year will be paid by the Adviser. Solely by way of example, if Commitments equal $350,000,000, the Operating Expense Cap will be equal to $2,125,000. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Operating Expense Cap will not apply to any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities allocable to persons investing indirectly in the Company through any Unitholder or in connection with (xxi) above, (ii) the Company will not bear the costs of any third-party valuation agent engaged solely for purposes of valuing the Company’s portfolio investments at each quarter end and (iii) the Operating Expense Cap will no longer apply upon the effectuation of an Exchange Listing.

The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator and/or their affiliates may advance to the Company organizational fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company, including legal expenses, incurred in connection with the initial offering of Units and the formation and establishment of the Company (the “Organizational Expenses”). The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator (or such affiliate) will be reimbursed by the Company for such advanced expenses in an amount not to exceed $500,000. The Company will be responsible for and pay (or reimburse) the Organizational Expenses subject to the cap described in the preceding sentence. Accordingly, in 2021, $0.2 million of offering expenses were charged to capital and $0.2 million of organizational costs were expensed.

10

Placement Agreement

The Company has retained certain third parties to find potential investors (i.e., a “placement agent”). If an investor purchases Units through a placement agent, the Adviser may be subject to finder-related fees, the arrangements of which are set forth in detail in our Private Placement Memorandum.

Use of Name

Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, SLR has granted us a

non-exclusive

license to use the name “SLR HC BDC LLC” as the name of the Company and in connection with the marketing and operation of the Company. We have a right to use the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name or logo.

Market Opportunity

The Company focuses on providing private corporate loans to middle market companies within the healthcare industry. We believe that the Company is well-positioned to provide a superior risk-adjusted return relative to publicly-traded corporate bonds and loans for the following reasons:

Resilient and defensive industry:

• The healthcare sector has historically been insulated from business cycle fluctuations and may act as a hedge against an extended economic slowdown.

Ripe for consolidation and innovation:

• Digitization of healthcare services provides opportunities for private solutions to reduce costs through revenue cycle management, care coordination and drug discovery, which presents opportunities for investors to support healthcare IT and medical technology companies.

Favorable long-term supply-demand dynamics in U.S. middle market lending which benefit lenders

• Robust demand for debt capital to fund private equity transactions

• Middle market debt capital raised in the last few years is not expected to meet demand

Premium pricing in private corporate loans over public high yield and syndicated leveraged loans and healthcare outperformance

• Capturing illiquidity premiums: The illiquid nature of private corporate loans results in lenders earning an “illiquidity premium” over public high yield and syndicated leveraged loans.

• Capturing size and risk premium: Middle market lenders also typically receive a premium relative to larger company loan investors to compensate them for investing in smaller companies and in niche industries. Middle market companies tend to be less followed by investors and research analysts and typically have lower ratings from ratings agencies due to their size. As a result, we expect that there will be a smaller investor base while demand will remain robust, resulting in premium pricing for middle market borrowers.

• Capitalizing on market inefficiencies: We believe that the market inefficiencies are greater in the private middle market, which allows lenders to capture higher risk-adjusted returns. We believe that, among others, the drivers of middle market inefficiencies include the following: information asymmetry, the analytical complexity in evaluating private middle market companies, the need for long-dated capital that typically requires higher return expectation, fewer and more sophisticated lenders, and the requirement to underwrite to maturity as opposed to a trade.

• Healthcare outperformance: Healthcare credit investments have historically outperformed broader averages.

11

Stronger underwriting process in private corporate loans versus public syndicated leveraged loans

• Deeper due diligence : Private corporate lenders are typically able to conduct detailed due diligence on a company, often alongside the financial sponsor acquiring the company, which provides the lender significantly more time to form a more comprehensive understanding of the company, including its competitive position and risks. In contrast, public high yield and syndicated leveraged loan investors are typically provided a single syndication meeting and minimal access to diligence materials before placing their order.

• Inclusion of covenants : Covenants are contractual restrictions that lenders place on companies to limit the corporate actions a company can pursue that are negative to the lender and act as warning signals for lenders. The loans in which the Company is expected to invest are expected to have comprehensive covenants including covenants that are tested on a recurring basis to ensure ongoing compliance (i.e., “maintenance covenants”). Although syndicated leveraged loans have covenants, many are “covenant-lite,” which means they do not have a complete set of financial covenants, thus providing borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders. High yield bonds provide even weaker protection for lenders because they typically have incurrence-based covenants, which are only tested if the company issues more debt.

• Ability to exert greater influence over the negotiation of lending terms : Private corporate loan terms are negotiated directly by the lender(s) and the company, therefore removing the underwriting bank that negotiates the terms for public high yield or syndicated leveraged loans. This allows the private corporate lender to customize the terms to mitigate risks and address the unique needs of the company.

• Lower default rates and higher recovery rates : The more comprehensive underwriting process for private corporate loans has resulted in historically lower default rates and higher recovery rates than syndicated loans.

Investment Guidelines

The Company has a broad, flexible investment mandate, and the Company is not subject to any investment guidelines, limitations or restrictions other than as set forth below. Interpretation of the application of the guidelines described below will be made by the Adviser in its sole discretion, and any guideline generally will be measured, if applicable, at the time such investment is made based upon good faith estimates using data known to the Adviser at such time. The Company will not be required to take any action (including unwinding or liquidating any position) in the event that such guideline is exceeded subsequent to the investment date, whether as a result of changes in the market value of the Company’s portfolio or otherwise.

The Company uses reasonable best efforts to achieve the guidelines set forth herein. For purposes of such guidelines, (i) the Company’s “total portfolio” will equal the total amount of Commitments plus the Company’s total expected leverage, as reasonably determined by the Adviser and (ii) the Adviser will take into account the underlying portfolio of any company the Company may acquire. In addition, the Adviser may consider the impact of hedging transactions, and of cash and cash equivalents in the portfolio, in applying the below guidelines:

• at least 90% of the Company’s total portfolio will be comprised of secured loans;

• at least 85% of the Company’s total portfolio will be comprised of floating rate loans;

• no more than 15% of the Company’s total portfolio will consist of loans to lower middle market (i.e. , EBITDA below $15 million) corporate borrowers ( provided , however , that such guideline will not apply to Life Sciences borrowers);

• the Company will take no more than four (4) positions greater than 7.5% of the Company’s total portfolio, and the balance of the Company’s positions will each comprise 5%, directly or indirectly, or less of the Company’s total portfolio;

• the Company’s 10 largest positions will comprise no more than 60% of the Company’s total portfolio;

• the Company’s portfolio will be comprised of investments in the United States and Canada, provided that up to 7.5% of the total portfolio may be outside of the United States and Canada; and

• the target percentage of the Company’s Life Sciences lending investments will be 15% to 20% of the Company’s total portfolio.

12

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the guidelines will in no way restrict or otherwise limit the Company’s ability to acquire an investment in an issuer that is sufficiently large (as determined by the Adviser in its discretion) to enable the Company to influence or control any restructuring,

work-out

and/or bankruptcy process in accordance with the Company’s investment program.

For the avoidance of doubt, these investment guidelines are not deemed to be the type of policies referenced in Section 8(b) of the 1940 Act. The foregoing guidelines will no longer be applicable upon the occurrence of an Exchange Listing.

Leverage

The Company is required to comply with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act. The Company employs leverage and otherwise incurs indebtedness with respect to the portfolio both on a recourse and

non-recourse

basis (including and potentially through guarantees, derivatives, forward commitments and reverse repurchase agreements), but will not exceed the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The Company is generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue senior securities in amounts such that the Company’s asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after such issuance. In connection with the organization of the Company, the Adviser, as the initial Unitholder, has authorized the Company to adopt the 150% asset coverage ratio. In connection with their subscriptions for Units, our Unitholders are required to acknowledge the Company’s ability to operate with an asset coverage ratio that may be as low as 150%. The Company will be exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the management fee payable to the Adviser, will be borne by our Unitholders.

Investment Process Overview

We are committed to our value-oriented investment philosophy, with a focus on the preservation of capital and a commitment to managing downside exposure.

Proprietary Sourcing and Origination

We believe that SLR’s senior investment professionals’ longstanding relationships with financial sponsors, corporate management teams, commercial and investment banks and other financial intermediaries provide us with a strong pipeline of proprietary origination opportunities. We believe the broad experience of our senior investment team and their ability to draw upon their average of approximately 30 years of experience enables us to identify, assess and structure investments successfully.

We expect that the Company will benefit from SLR’s extensive experience investing in middle market companies in the healthcare industry. With the benefit of billions of dollars of debt investments made to hundreds of companies, SLR has developed an extensive database of information on middle market issuers and industries. The Adviser’s investment team is expected to include a number of SLR’s specialists in healthcare cash flow lending to sponsor backed companies as well as life science lending. We believe that the

in-depth

experience of SLR’s investment team in investing throughout various stages of the economic cycle provides us with access to ongoing market insights in addition to a powerful asset for investment sourcing.

Our senior investment team’s strong relationship network is enhanced by the collaborative role SLR plays in the private equity industry. SLR is an independent credit platform that does not pursue traditional private equity strategies, so the Company is not expected to be seen as a competitive threat to financial sponsors seeking to acquire a company. Our ability to offer tailored solutions, certainty of capital and scale is expected to provide us with greater deal flow. We also expect that our reputation as a constructive partner and a flexible “solutions provider” with a proven ability to evaluate highly complex situations is likely to result in the ability to source a significant number of investment opportunities for the Company. Additionally, SLR is well-known for its deep experience in healthcare transactions and ability to provide quick and constructive feedback to financial sponsors. Furthermore, SLR’s investment team has a well-developed network of relationships that includes industry executives, consultants, traders, brokers, advisors, lawyers, accountants, investment bankers and other industry sources, which can result in early notification of developing investment opportunities.

Corporate Cash Flow Lending — Sponsor Coverage

Our cash flow origination strategy is driven by a rigorous analysis of the healthcare

sub-sectors

that we believe benefit from strong macroeconomic tail winds by reducing costs to the overall healthcare system by investing in healthcare companies that provide services, products and technologies that improve the efficiency and reduce the cost of existing products and services. We seek to find businesses that reward value based care and have significant customer and location diversity. We specifically

13

avoid subsectors that are subject to consumer discretion or are subject to government policy “stroke of the pen” risk (

i.e.,

the risk that a change in the rules governing the

sub-sector

in which the portfolio company operates could impair the portfolio company’s financial performance). SLR’s underwriters provide clear guidelines to our origination team on the target subsectors that form our areas of focus. Origination efforts are aligned to work with sponsors and management teams who have deep healthcare expertise and longstanding successful track records in the healthcare industry. These sponsors tend to have a deeper understanding of the complexities involved with healthcare companies, given their involvement with multiple portfolio companies in the healthcare space, and can leverage industry relationships with payors and management teams. Our origination efforts represent a highly targeted, proactive approach to finding investments in segments consistent with our underwriting philosophy.

SLR’s investment team works in concert with sponsors to proactively manage investment opportunities by acting as a partner throughout the investment process. We actively focus on the middle-market financial sponsor community, with a particular focus on the

upper-end

of the middle-market (i.e., sponsors with equity funds of $500 million to $5 billion). We favor such sponsors because they typically:

• Buy larger companies with strong business franchises;

• Invest significant amounts of equity in their portfolio companies;

• Value flexibility and creativity in structuring their transactions;

• Possess longer track records over multiple investment funds;

• Have a deeper management bench by investing in healthcare companies that provide services, products and technologies that improve the efficiency and reduce the cost of existing products and services

• Have a better ability to withstand downturns; and

• Possess the ability to support portfolio companies with additional capital.

We divide our coverage of these sponsors among our more senior investment professionals, who are responsible for

day-to-day

interaction with financial sponsors. Our coverage approach aims to act proactively, provide quick feedback, deliver on commitments, and are constructive throughout the life cycle of an investment.

On average, over 100 healthcare cash flow transaction opportunities are screened each year with less than 5% of all opportunities sourced, closed and funded.

Life Science Lending

SLR employs a direct origination strategy for life science investment opportunities that leverages its deep-rooted relationships and reputation established over its history. The team directly generates deal flow through targeted company management contact and through venture capital and private equity sponsor coverage. Frequently, these equity investors will connect SLR to portfolio companies with

non-dilutive

debt financing investment needs. We maintain strong relationships and frequent contact with other like-minded bank and

non-bank

lenders that leads to a large number of refinancing and new deal opportunities. In addition, market intermediaries may connect SLR’s team to many healthcare companies who have chosen to outsource the debt financing procurement process.

On average, approximately 100 life science investment opportunities are screened per year through SLR team’s multiple origination channels with expectations (based on SLR’s historical data) of approximately 10% of all opportunities sourced to be closed and funded. Prior to joining SLR in 2014, the life science team originated approximately $2.1 billion of life science investments while at GE Capital.

Due Diligence

Our “private equity” approach to credit investing typically incorporates extensive

in-depth

due diligence often alongside the financial sponsor. In conducting due diligence, we use publicly available information as well as information from the investment team’s extensive relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers. We also leverage proprietary insights from SLR’s healthcare ABL platform. Managed by senior leadership with an average of over 30 years of credit experience, SLR’s healthcare ABL platform has unique insights into a wide array of healthcare

sub-specialties,

industry developments and reimbursement trends. We believe our due diligence methodology allows us to screen a high volume of potential investment opportunities on a consistent and thorough basis. Furthermore, we believe that the combination of our extensive industry knowledge and relationships provide the Company a significant advantage in identifying potential risks.

14

Our due diligence typically includes:

• review of historical and prospective financial information, including the quality and collectability of receivables;

• review and valuation of assets, including appraisals;

• research relating to the company’s management, industry, markets, products and services and competitors;

• review of the reimbursement environment and trends, including the diversity of reimbursement codes;

• review of the payor mix;

• on-site visits;

• discussions with management, employees, customers or vendors of the potential portfolio company;

• review of material legal documents and legal issues;

• review of third party due diligence report including quality of earnings, field exams, industry reports; and

• background investigations on management and the company.

We also expect to evaluate the financial sponsor making the investment. Given the nuances involved in healthcare investing, a sponsor with deep industry knowledge and experience is incredibly important. Further, due to SLR’s considerable repeat business with sponsors, the Adviser’s investment team has direct experience with the management teams of many sponsors. A financial sponsor is typically the controlling shareholder upon completion of an investment and as such is considered critical to the success of the investment. The financial sponsor is evaluated using several key criteria, including:

• healthcare investment track record;

• industry experience;

• capacity and willingness to provide additional financial support to the company through additional capital contributions, if necessary; and

• reference checks.

Throughout the due diligence process, a deal team is in frequent dialogue with the management team and sponsor of the company in which we are considering investing to ensure that any concerns are addressed as early as possible through the process, which we believe increases the likelihood that unsuitable investments are filtered out before considerable time has been invested.

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the investment professionals leading the investment present the investment opportunity to the Investment Committee, which then determines the amount of the initial investment. Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys and independent accountants prior to the closing of the investment, as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

Portfolio Company Characteristics

We have identified several criteria that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for investment decisions; however, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest.

15

Upper Middle Market Corporate Cash Flow Healthcare Lending

In our cash flow segment, we seek to make investments in sponsor-backed upper middle-market healthcare companies generating stable and recurring cash flows which are positioned for growth. The businesses we target are those capitalizing on the evolution of the healthcare sector by delivering innovative products and services or who are reducing overall costs to the system through greater scale and improved operational efficiency. We favor investments in businesses that emphasize quality over quantity of care, have low reimbursement risk and significant diversity of revenue streams and payors. Often, the sponsor’s investment thesis includes acquisitive growth which allows us to increase the size of our investment in a given business as

add-on

acquisitions are executed.

We believe that businesses with these characteristics may help facilitate internally generated cash flow, leading to the payment of our interest and the repayment of our principal, represents a key means by which we will be able to exit from our investments over time. In addition, we also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities. Upper middle-market companies in particular are attractive candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and more likely to repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction than smaller businesses. We underwrite our investments on a

held-to-maturity

basis, but expensive capital is often repaid prior to stated maturity. Historically, SLR’s investments have averaged three-year hold periods.

• Well Positioned to Benefit from Macro Tailwinds in the Healthcare Sector : We believe that companies that help to reduce overall costs in the healthcare sector are well positioned for long term growth. That includes businesses that emphasize quality of care over the quantity of procedures and increase efficiencies in the healthcare setting. We seek to avoid companies that have concentration in locations or reimbursement codes.

• Stable Earnings and Strong Free Cash Flow : We seek to invest in companies that have demonstrated strong credit fundamentals with stable earnings through economic cycles. We target companies that we believe can de-lever through consistent generation of cash flows rather than relying solely on growth to service and repay our loans. We also believe that a key tenet of sustainable earnings in the healthcare sector is a stable reimbursement profile and we generally avoid investments for which the reimbursement profile is subject to “stroke of pen” risks (i.e., particularly sensitive to regulatory changes).

• Favorable Reimbursement Profile : Our target borrowers benefit from a diversity of reimbursement codes and payors. A key risk inherent in the healthcare sector is a company’s ability to collect on revenue billed to a patient’s insurance. Through SLR’s healthcare ABL platform we have unique insight on reimbursement trends across the healthcare services landscape. We plan to only invest in businesses whose revenue is diversified across a variety of reimbursement codes and we avoid lending to companies whose revenue is concentrated in codes we expect to suffer from fee compression. Further, we also avoid situations where borrowers generate a disproportionate amount of revenue from a single payor.

• Strong Competitive Position in Industry : We seek to invest in target companies that have developed leading market positions within their respective markets and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We seek to invest in companies that demonstrate significant competitive advantages versus their competitors, which we believe may help to protect their market position and profitability.

• Experienced and Committed Management : We generally require that portfolio companies have an experienced management team. We also require portfolio companies have in place proper incentives to induce management to succeed and to act in concert with our interests as investors, including having significant equity interests.

• Strong Sponsorship : We generally aim to invest alongside other sophisticated investors. We typically seek to partner with successful financial sponsors who have historically generated high returns with minimal losses and have demonstrated a strong healthcare track record. Healthcare investments in particular require a financial sponsor who has deep experience and knowledge of the healthcare sub-sectors as well as deep relationships within the industry to leverage both during due diligence and after investment. We believe that investing in these sponsors’ portfolio companies enables us to benefit from their direct involvement and due diligence.

• Exit Strategy : We seek to invest predominantly in companies that provide multiple alternatives for an eventual exit such as an initial public offering (“IPO”), sale of company, refinancing of the capital structure, etc.

16

Life Science Lending

• Focused Healthcare Investment Strategy : We seek investments in private or publicly-traded small-cap drug and medical device companies with substantial equity invested to date who are in later stages of drug or product development and/or in transition to commercialization. Borrowers typically are led by strong management teams and board of directors with proven track records. Venture capital sponsors typically have continuing involvement and influence. In our experience, borrowers have typically successfully demonstrated access to the private and/or public equity markets and seek debt financing to broaden their funding sources and project stability.

• Value Orientation : We focus on later stage development and commercial bio pharma and device companies with multi-product pipelines (post pre-clinical stage), platforms and/or disruptive technologies. Borrowers typically have had significant equity invested to date and have had support from venture capital firms and strategic investors.

• Senior secured, collateral-based underwriting : Loans typically are made at conservative 20%-to-30% loan-to-value and are collateralized by all assets, including cash on the balance sheet from most recent equity round, and have a negative or full pledge on the intellectual property. The loans are structured to amortize on a straight-line basis after a period of interest only payments, resulting in significant de-risking of the investment and shorter weighted average holding periods.

• Sophisticated Knowledge Base and Industry Expertise : Highly specialized, experienced and cohesive investment team which previously founded and managed GE Capital’s life science loan business where they established a strong and consistent track record over a 13-year period. Team has extensive network of relationships with venture capital sponsors, management teams and strategic investors.

• Exit Strategy : Exits typically occur 24-36 months after initial deal closing through refinancings, an IPO or sale of the company to a strategic buyer.

Investment Structure

We invest in portfolio companies typically in the form of first lien senior secured loans. We obtain security interests in the assets of our portfolio companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. We expect that this collateral will take the form of first priority liens on all of the assets of a portfolio company.

Upper Middle Market Corporate Healthcare Cash Flow Lending

Typically, we expect that the Company’s senior secured loans to upper middle market healthcare companies will have a first priority lien on all of the assets of the issuer, will be floating rate with London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) floors, will include upfront fees and may include meaningful prepayment penalties. Covenants are typically included. The loans generally are expected to have a five to six year final maturity and are often repaid within three years.

Life Science Lending

Typically, we expect that the Company’s loans to life science companies will have a first priority lien, will be floating rate with LIBOR or SOFR floors, and will include meaningful prepayment penalties, exit fees and success fees or warrants. Warrants will generally have an exercise price based on the last private equity round valuation or average public trading price and, thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, the Company will be well-positioned to achieve additional investment returns from this equity interest. The loans generally are expected to have an initial interest-only period and then straight-line amortization with a four to five year final maturity. These loans are often repaid within two to three years.

Ongoing Relationships with Portfolio Companies

We will monitor our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. We will monitor the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if it is meeting its business plan and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

We have several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which include the following:

• Assessment of success in adhering to each portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;

17

• Periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;

• Comparisons to portfolio companies of other SLR clients in the industry, if any;

• Review of any material changes to the industry, regulatory framework or reimbursement profile that could impact future performance;

• Attendance at and participation in board meetings (as an observer) or lender meetings; and

• Review of monthly and/or quarterly financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

Beyond monitoring financial and operating trends, SLR’s healthcare expertise positions us to act as a value-added partner to private equity and venture capital sponsors throughout the course of an investment. In particular, we work collaboratively with sponsors and management teams to periodically

re-assess

the optimal capital structure of a portfolio company. Our ability to evaluate a business on the basis of cash flow, life science, and ABL capital solutions enables SLR to bring a differentiated, and highly valued, perspective to a given situation. Further, we regularly engage SLR’s healthcare ABL platform to review a borrower’s exposure to reimbursement codes and payors, and to advise on a portfolio company’s future plans for adding additional services or engaging new payors. By working collaboratively with sponsors and management teams, we can help drive better outcomes for all investors.

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, the Adviser also uses an investment rating system to characterize and monitor our expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio.

We use an investment rating scale of 1 to 4. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

Investment Rating	Summary
1	Involves the least amount of risk in our portfolio, the portfolio company is performing above expectations, and the trends and risk factors are generally favorable (including a potential exit).
2	Risk that is similar to the risk at the time of origination, the portfolio company is performing as expected, and the risk factors are neutral to favorable; all new investments are initially assessed a grade of 2.
3	The portfolio company is performing below expectations, may be out of compliance with debt covenants, and requires procedures for closer monitoring.
4	The investment is performing well below expectations and is not anticipated to be repaid in full.

We monitor and, when appropriate, change the investment ratings assigned to each investment in our portfolio.

Competition

Our primary competitors provide financing to middle-market companies and include other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and venture capital funds. Additionally, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, frequently invest in middle-market companies. As a result, competition for investment opportunities at middle-market companies can be intense. While many middle market companies were previously able to raise senior debt financing through traditional large financial institutions, we believe this approach to financing will become more difficult as implementation of U.S. and international financial reforms limits the capacity of large financial institutions to hold

non-investment

grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets. We believe that many of these financial institutions have

de-emphasized

their service and product offerings to middle market companies in particular. That said, many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. We use the industry information available to Michael S. Gross and Bruce Spohler and the other investment professionals of SLR to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we believe that the relationships of Michael S. Gross and Bruce Spohler and the other investment professionals of our investment adviser enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive leveraged companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. See

“Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risk Relating to Our Business and Structure —

Competition; Potential for Insufficient Investment Opportunities.”

18

The Private Offering

The Company is organized for investors who may invest through one or more investment funds created by one or more financial institutions unaffiliated with the Company (collectively, the “Access Fund”). Certain other investors may also invest directly in the Company. For those investors who invest through the Access Fund, we expect the Access Fund will issue a pro rata interest to each investor in the Access Fund (the “Access Fund LPs”) that, with respect to each Access Fund LP’s investment in the Access Fund, corresponds to such Access Fund LP’s pro rata share of the Units issued by the Company to the Access Fund. To purchase an interest in the Access Fund, each Access Fund LP will be required to represent that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D (an “Accredited Investor”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). To purchase Units, investors must be Accredited Investors and “qualified purchasers” for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act, or “knowledgeable employees” or companies owned exclusively by “knowledgeable employees” for purposes of the rules promulgated under the 1940 Act. Any sale of Units outside of the United States will be conducted in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. We expect the Access Fund will pass its voting rights in respect of any Units of the Company held by the Access Fund through to the Access Fund LPs.

Closing

The Company was permitted to hold closings at any time during the offering period (the “Offering Period”), which ended on December 31, 2022. At each closing, investors made capital commitments to the Company (each, a “Commitment”) pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with the Company (a “Subscription Agreement”). Unitholders are required to make capital contributions, in an aggregate amount that does not exceed each Unitholder’s remaining commitment, each time the Adviser delivers a capital call notice. Commitments will be drawn pro rata from Unitholders based on the relative unfunded commitment of each Unitholder on the date the capital call notice is issued.

Investment Period

Commitments may be drawn down from time to time until the date that is the earlier of (x) an Exchange Listing (as defined below) or (y) four (4) years after the Company’s final closing with the Access Fund, which was held on February 11, 2021 (such period, the “Investment Period”). After the end of the Investment Period, Commitments may be called only to (i) make investments which were in process (

e.g.

, investments for which the Company has submitted a binding or

non-binding

bid or indication of interest) but were not yet consummated as of the end of the Investment Period, the Board having been notified of such Portfolio Investments, (ii) cover accrued and/or anticipated expenses, liabilities and obligations of the Company, including amounts owing or which may become due under any borrowings or other extensions of credit, (iii) make

“follow-on”

investments as may be advisable in the Adviser’s sole discretion in order to enhance, preserve or protect one or more of the Company’s existing Portfolio Investments (subject to a maximum amount of 20% of aggregate Commitments), and (iv) adjust any hedging positions as the Adviser may deem advisable.

Term

The term of the Company will be seven (7) years from the end of the Offering Period (unless the Company is terminated earlier or effectuates an Exchange Listing as set forth in the LLC Agreement), but may be extended by the Board for up to two (2) consecutive

one-year

periods upon approval of the Company’s independent directors and the approval of Unitholders, which approval will be obtained through a

non-1940

Act vote. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up prior to the end of the term under the circumstances set forth in the LLC Agreement. Unitholders generally will not be permitted to voluntarily withdraw or redeem their Units prior to the termination of the Company.

Exchange Listing

At any time prior to the end of the Term, subject to any requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the Board may, without the approval of Unitholders, cause the Units (or securities into which the Units are converted or exchanged) to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”). In connection with any such Exchange Listing, subject to any requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the Board may, without the approval of Unitholders, cause the Company to complete (i) an initial public offering, (ii) a merger with another entity, including an affiliated company, subject to any limitations under the 1940 Act, (iii) the sale, exchange or disposition of all or a portion of the assets of the Company, or (iv) a conversion of the Company into a corporation incorporated in a state determined by the Board, either through a conversion in accordance with applicable law, a merger with or into an existing corporation, or otherwise, in which all Units will be converted into or exchanged for shares of common stock of the resulting corporation.

19

If the Company is unable to effectuate an Exchange Listing prior to the end of the Term, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to wind down or liquidate pursuant to the procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement.

The Units are not currently listed on an exchange and given that we have no current intention of pursuing an Exchange Listing in the near term, it is unlikely that a secondary trading market will develop for the Units. In addition, given that there is no guarantee on if or when the Company will be able to consummate an Exchange Listing and the fact that the Company will not seek to wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve until the end of the Term, an investment in the Units is not suitable for investors that may need access to the money they invest in the foreseeable future.

Lock-Up

Period

Prior to an Exchange Listing, and except as provided in the LLC Agreement, a Unitholder may not withdraw its capital contribution or sell, assign or transfer its Units without the prior written consent of the Adviser, which the Adviser may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. Following an Exchange Listing, during the

Lock-Up

Period (as defined below), a Unitholder will be restricted from: (1) offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any Units, securities into which the Units are converted, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Units, or publicly disclosing the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of Units or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of Units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), or (3) if applicable, making any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Units or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units. The

“Lock-Up

Period” is (i) 180 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for all Units held by a Unitholder, (ii) 270 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for

two-thirds

of the Units held by a Unitholder, and (iii) 365 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for

one-third

of the Units held by a Unitholder. The

lock-up

will apply to all Units acquired prior to an Exchange Listing, but will not apply to any securities of the Company acquired after the date of an Exchange Listing.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2021 (the “JOBS Act”) and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We expect to remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of any Exchange Listing or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule

12b-2

under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) which would occur if the market value of our Units that is held by

non-affiliates

exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in

non-convertible

debt securities during the preceding three-year period. In addition, we will take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees. Mr. Gross, our

Co-Chief

Executive Officer, President and a board member, and Mr. Spohler, our

Co-Chief

Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and a board member, are managing members and senior investment professionals of, and have financial and controlling interests in, SLR. In addition, Richard Peteka, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Corporate Secretary serves as the Chief Financial Officer for SLR. Guy Talarico, our Chief Compliance Officer, is a managing director at ACA Group, LLC.

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Company has delegated full and exclusive authority and responsibility to the Adviser to invest, reinvest and dispose of the assets of the Company, and (together with the Administrative Coordinator) to manage the

day-to-day

operations of the Company, subject to the overall supervision of the Board. The Adviser is authorized to delegate all, or any such part as it deems appropriate, of its discretionary management and investment advisory authority and responsibility to any of its members or their respective affiliates.

20

Key Person Event

Prior to the earlier of (i) an Exchange Listing and (ii) the end of the Investment Period, if any two of Michael Gross, Bruce Spohler, Anthony Storino or Julie Reyes (the “Principals”) die, become permanently incapacitated or cease to be actively involved in the management of the Company, the Investment Period will terminate and the Company will be wound down in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if only one of the Principals dies, becomes permanently incapacitated, or ceases to be actively involved in the management of the Company, the preceding sentence will not be triggered.

Prior to an Exchange Listing, if any two of the Principals voluntarily ceases to be actively involved in the management of the Company, the Company will suspend the Investment Period. If acceptable replacements for each Principal are not identified and approved by (i) the independent directors of the Company and (ii) a majority of the Unitholders, subject to any requirements of the 1940 Act, within 90 days following the suspension of the Investment Period, the Investment Period will terminate and all new investment activity will cease.

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions described in this “

Key Person Event

” will not apply upon the effectuation of an Exchange Listing.

Regulation as a Business Development Company

A BDC is regulated by the 1940 Act. A BDC must be organized in the U.S. for the purpose of investing in or lending to primarily private companies and making significant managerial assistance available to those investments that constitute qualifying assets (discussed below). A BDC may use capital provided by public unitholders and from other sources to make long-term, private investments in businesses.

The Company may not change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC unless authorized by vote of a majority of outstanding voting securities, as required by the 1940 Act. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (a) 67% or more of such company’s voting securities present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of such company. However, by signing a Subscription Agreement with the Company, each Unitholder is providing the approval required by the 1940 Act to effectuate the withdrawal of the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC (i) concurrently with the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or (ii) in connection with an Exchange Listing (including any transaction effectuated in connection therewith), provided that the exchange-listed successor entity has elected to be regulated as a BDC. The Company does not anticipate any substantial change in the nature of our business.

As with other companies regulated by the 1940 Act, a BDC must adhere to certain substantive regulatory requirements. A majority of the Company’s directors must be persons who are not interested persons, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. Additionally, the Company is required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect the BDC. Furthermore, as a BDC, the Company is prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to the Company or its Unitholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

As a BDC, the Company is required to meet an asset coverage ratio, reflecting the value of our total assets to our total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred units we may issue in the future, of at least 150%. The Company may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

On June 13, 2017, SLR received an exemptive order that permits the Company to participate in negotiated

co-investment

transactions with certain affiliates, in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, and pursuant to various conditions (the “Order”). If the Company is unable to rely on the Order for a particular opportunity, such opportunity will be allocated first to the entity whose investment strategy is the most consistent with the opportunity being allocated, and second, if the terms of the opportunity are consistent with more than one entity’s investment strategy, on an alternating basis. Although the Adviser’s investment professionals will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, the Company and its Unitholders could be adversely affected to the extent investment opportunities are allocated among us and other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by, or affiliated with, our executive officers, directors and members of the Adviser.

21

The Company is generally not able to issue and sell Units at a price below NAV per Unit without Unitholder approval. The Company may, however, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act, sell Units, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our Units, at a price below the then-current NAV of the Units if the Board determines that such sale is in the best interests of the Company and the Unitholders, and the Unitholders approve such sale.

The Company will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the BDC’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

(a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the U.S.;

(b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC); and

(c) satisfies any of the following:

i. does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;

ii. has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;

iii. is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

iv. is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million.

(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which the Company controls, which, as defined by the 1940 Act, is presumed to exist where a BDC beneficially owns more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the portfolio company.

(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the Company already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

22

(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

(7) Office furniture and equipment, interests in real estate and leasehold improvements and facilities maintained to conduct the business operations of the BDC, deferred organization and operating expenses, and other noninvestment assets necessary and appropriate to its operations as a BDC, including notes of indebtedness of directors, officers, employees, and general partners held by a BDC as payment for securities of such company issued in connection with an executive compensation plan described in Section 57(j) of the 1940 Act.

Under Section 55(b) of the 1940 Act, the value of a BDC’s assets shall be determined as of the date of the most recent financial statements filed by such company with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 of the 1934 Act, and shall be determined no less frequently than annually.

Significant Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

As a BDC, the Company offers, and must provide upon request, significant managerial assistance to its portfolio companies that constitute qualifying assets. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Company may also receive fees for these services. The Administrative Coordinator provides such managerial assistance, if any, on the Company’s behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, the Company’s investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality investment grade debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of the Company’s assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or other short-term, U.S. government securities, including agencies, or in repurchase agreements, provided that such repurchase agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as the Company, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of the Company’s assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of the Company’s total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, the Company would not meet the diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the Company does not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. The Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

The Company is permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of units senior to Units if asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while certain senior securities remain outstanding, the Company must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to Unitholders or the repurchase of such securities or units unless the Company meets the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. The Company may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of the Company’s total assets for temporary purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities. The Company’s borrowings, whether for temporary purposes or otherwise, are subject to the asset coverage requirements of section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act. The Company may borrow money, which would magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in the Company.

Code of Ethics

The Company and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule

17j-1

under the 1940 Act and Rule

204A-1

under the Advisers Act, respectively, which establish procedures for personal investments and restricts certain transactions by personnel. The codes of ethics generally does not permit investments by employees in securities that may be purchased or held by the Company. Each code of ethics is available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet site at

http://www.sec.gov

. You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address:

publicinfo@sec.gov

.

23

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. A summary of the Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of our adviser are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our

non-interested

directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients. As part of this duty, it recognizes that it must vote securities held by its clients in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest. These policies and procedures for voting proxies for investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule

206(4)-6

under, the Advisers Act.

The Adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in the best interest of Unitholders. The Adviser reviews on a

case-by-case

basis each proposal submitted for a proxy vote to determine its impact on our investments. Although it generally votes against proposals that may have a negative impact on our investments, it may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so. The proxy voting decisions of the Adviser are made by the senior investment professionals who are responsible for monitoring each of our investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, it requires that: (i) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to a managing member of the Adviser any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (ii) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties.

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: SLR Capital Partners LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

Privacy Policy

We endeavor to maintain the privacy of our recordholders and to safeguard their

non-public

personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we will not receive any

non-public

personal information about recordholders of the units of the Company, although certain of our recordholders’

non-public

information may become available to us. The

non-public

personal information that we may receive falls into the following categories:

• Information we receive from recordholders, whether we receive it orally, in writing or electronically. This includes recordholders’ communications to us concerning their investment;

• Information about recordholders’ transactions and history with us; and

• Other general information that we may obtain about recordholders, such as demographic and contact information such as address.

We disclose

non-public

personal information about recordholders:

• to our affiliates (such as SLR) and their employees for everyday business purposes;

• to our service providers (such as our accountants, attorneys, custodians, transfer agent, underwriter and proxy solicitors) and their employees as is necessary to service recordholder accounts or otherwise provide the applicable service;

• to comply with court orders, subpoenas, lawful discovery requests, or other legal or regulatory requirements; or

• as allowed or required by applicable law or regulation.

24

When the Company shares

non-public

recordholder personal information referred to above, the information is made available for limited business purposes and under controlled circumstances designed to protect our recordholders’ privacy. The Company does not permit use of recordholder information for any

non-business

or marketing purpose, nor does the Company permit third parties to rent, sell, trade or otherwise release or disclose information to any other party.

The Company’s service providers, such as SLR and its transfer agent, are required to maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect recordholder

non-public

personal information; to prevent unauthorized access or use; and to dispose of such information when it is no longer required.

Personnel of affiliates may access recordholder information only for business purposes. The degree of access is based on the sensitivity of the information and on personnel need for the information to service a recordholder’s account or comply with legal requirements.

If a recordholder ceases to be a recordholder, we will adhere to the privacy policies and practices as described above. We may choose to modify our privacy policies at any time. Before we do so, we will notify recordholders and provide a description of our privacy policy.

In the event of a corporate change in control resulting from, for example, a sale to, or merger with, another entity, or in the event of a sale of assets, we reserve the right to transfer your

non-public

personal information to the new party in control or the party acquiring assets.

Reporting Obligations

We furnish our Unitholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. We are required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC, which are available on the SEC’s website at

http://www.sec.gov

. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following

e-mail

address:

publicinfo@sec.gov

.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the Company and to an investment in Units. This discussion is based on the provisions of the Code and the regulations of the U.S. Department of Treasury promulgated thereunder, or “Treasury regulations,” each as in effect as of the date of this report.

These provisions are subject to differing interpretations and change by legislative or administrative action, and any change may be retroactive. This discussion does not constitute a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax aspects affecting the Company and its Unitholders and does not purport to deal with the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be important to particular Unitholders in light of their individual investment circumstances or to some types of Unitholders subject to special tax rules, such as financial institutions, broker dealers, insurance companies,

tax-exempt

organizations, persons holding Units in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction, investors who are subject to the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code,

Non-U.S.

Unitholders (as defined below) engaged in a trade or business in the U.S., persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens or individual

Non-U.S.

Unitholders present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year. This discussion also does not address any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. This discussion assumes that Unitholders hold their Units as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). The Company has not requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or “IRS,” or opinion of counsel regarding any matter discussed herein.

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Unitholder” is a beneficial owner of Units that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

• a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state therein or the District of Columbia;

25

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

• a trust if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

For purposes of this discussion, a

“Non-U.S.

Unitholder” means a beneficial owner of Units that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is not a U.S. Unitholder or a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership, for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Units, the treatment of the partnership and each partner for U.S. federal income tax purposes generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. An investor considering an investment in a partnership that will invest in Units should consult the disclosure documents provided to such investor from such partnership in conjunction with this discussion to determine the applicability of this discussion to an indirect investment in Units through such partnership. In addition, such investor should consult its own tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of interests in a partnership and of Units by such partnership in light of such partner’s particular circumstances.

Taxation of the Company

The Company elected to be treated, and intends to qualify annually as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with taxable year ended December 31, 2021. As a RIC, the Company generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it timely distributes to Unitholders as dividends.

To qualify as a RIC, the Company must, among other things:

• derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income derived with respect to the business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” or “QPTP,” hereinafter the “90% Gross Income Test;” and

• diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year:

• at least 50% of the value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and

• not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs), the securities of any two or more issuers that the Company controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more QPTPs, or the “Diversification Tests.”

As a RIC, the Company (but not its Unitholders) is generally not subject to U.S. federal income tax on investment company taxable income and net capital gains that it timely distributes to Unitholders in any taxable year with respect to which it distributes an amount equal to at least 90% of the sum of its (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses and other taxable income (other than any net capital gain), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) net

tax-exempt

interest income (which is the excess of gross

tax-exempt

interest income over certain disallowed deductions), or the “Annual Distribution Requirement.” The Company intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income. Generally, if the Company fails to meet this Annual Distribution Requirement for any taxable year, it will fail to qualify as a RIC for such taxable year. To the extent the Company meets the Annual Distribution Requirement for a taxable year, but retains net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, it is subject to U.S. federal income tax on such retained capital gains and investment company taxable income. The Company may choose to retain net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, including the 4% U.S. federal excise tax described below.

26

The Company is subject to a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax on certain of its undistributed income, unless it timely distributes (or is deemed to have timely distributed) each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of:

• at least 98% of net ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year;

• at least 98.2% of the amount by which capital gains exceed capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and

• 100% of any ordinary income and net capital gain income recognized in preceding years, but were not distributed during such years, and on which the Company paid no corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

While the Company currently expects to distribute any income and capital gains in order to avoid the imposition of this 4% U.S. federal excise tax, it may not be successful in avoiding entirely the imposition of this tax. In that case, the Company will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

The Company is authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, it is not permitted to make distributions to Unitholders while any senior securities are outstanding unless it meets the applicable asset coverage ratios. Moreover, the Company’s ability to dispose of assets or otherwise distribute amounts necessary to meet distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of its portfolio, (2) other requirements relating to status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests and/or (3) the limitations under one or more of our credit facilities. If the Company disposes of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or to avoid the 4% U.S. federal excise tax, it may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses). If the Company’s expenses in a given year exceed investment company taxable income, it would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, the Company may, for tax purposes, have aggregate taxable income for several years that it is required to distribute and that is taxable to Unitholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income the Company actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. The Company may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Company realizes net capital gains from such transactions, Unitholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would have received in the absence of such transactions.

Check-the-Box

Election and Failure to be Taxed as a RIC

In connection with the intention to be taxed as a RIC, the Company filed a

check-the-box

election to be classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, while the Company has elected and expects to qualify to be treated as a RIC annually, no assurance can be provided that it will qualify as a RIC for any taxable year. For example, the Company anticipates that it may have difficulty satisfying the Diversification Tests as it deploys initial capital and builds a portfolio. If the Company is subsequently unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain amelioration provisions are not applicable, it would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all taxable income (including net capital gains) at regular corporate rates. The Company would not be able to deduct distributions to Unitholders, nor would distributions be required. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to Unitholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate Unitholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend;

non-corporate

Unitholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the Unitholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If the Company subsequently fails to qualify as a RIC, in order to requalify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, the Company would be required to distribute all previously undistributed earnings attributable to the period it failed to qualify as a RIC by the end of the first year that it intends to requalify as a RIC. If the Company fails to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it may be subject to regular corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any net

built-in

gains with respect to certain assets (

i.e.

, the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Company had been liquidated) that it elects to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Company qualifies as a RIC for each taxable year.

27

Company Investments

Certain investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Company to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, or (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% Gross Income Test. The Company monitors transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and to prevent disqualification as a RIC but there can be no assurance of success in this regard.

Taxable Subsidiaries

. Some of the income and fees that the Company may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Gross Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify the Company from RIC tax treatment as a result of a failure to satisfy the 90% Gross Income Test, the Company may hold assets that generate such income and provide services that generate such fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. federal corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce the Company’s return on such income and fees.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

. If the Company purchases shares in a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Company to Unitholders. Certain elections are available under certain circumstances that may allow the Company to ameliorate the impact of this tax. Such elections may require the Company to recognize in a year income in excess of the current cash distributions (if any) from the applicable PFICs and the proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax.

Debt Instruments

.

In certain circumstances, the Company may be required to recognize taxable income prior to its receipt of the related cash. For example, if the Company holds debt instruments that are treated under applicable tax rules as having OID (such as debt instruments with an

end-of-term

payment and/or PIK income payment or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), it must include in taxable income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received in the same taxable year. Because any OID accrued will be included in investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, the Company may be required to make a distribution to Unitholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to avoid the 4% U.S. federal excise tax, even though it will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

Warrants

.

Gain or loss realized from the sale or exchange of warrants acquired as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally are treated as capital gain or loss. The treatment of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term generally depends on how long the Company has held a particular warrant and on the nature of the disposition transaction.

Foreign Currency Transactions

.

Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates which occur between the time the Company accrues income or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Company actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities generally are treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, on disposition of debt instruments and certain other instruments denominated in a foreign currency, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency between the date of acquisition of the instrument and the date of disposition also are treated as ordinary gain or loss.

General Tax Cooperation

The Company will provide Unitholders with certain information regarding the amount of each distribution by us characterized as a “return of capital distribution,” “interest-related dividend distribution,” “ordinary dividend distribution,” “short term capital gain distribution” or “long term capital gain distribution” for U.S. federal income tax purposes on an estimated basis in connection with such distribution. The Company will use reasonable best efforts to provide such information on a final basis by March 1

st

of the taxable year following the distribution, but in no event later than March 15th of the taxable year following the distribution (subject to the filing of an extension for the filing of Forms

1042-S).

The Company and the Adviser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Unitholders annually with any other tax information that the Company and the Adviser possess, or can reasonably obtain, reasonably requested by Unitholders in writing, concerning distributions by the Company or redemption of Units by the Company. The Company and the Adviser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Unitholders by providing any additional tax information and/or assisting in the filing of additional tax forms relating to the Company, as reasonably requested by Unitholders.

28

Importance of Obtaining Professional Advice

The foregoing analysis is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Accordingly, prospective investors in the Company are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors with specific reference to their own situations regarding the possible tax consequences of an investment in the Company.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS

General Risks Related to Investment Strategy

• The Company intends to make investments in the healthcare and life science industries, which involve substantial risks.

• The success of the Company’s investments will depend on the successful implementation of its investment strategy and the healthcare industry generally.

• Various segments of the life sciences industry are (or may become) (i) highly regulated, (ii) subject to frequent regulatory change and (iii) dependent upon various government or private insurance reimbursement programs.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in senior secured loans, subordinated loans, Mezzanine Securities (as defined below) and unsecured loans.

• The Company’s loans may permit borrowers to prepay, which could affect the yield of the Company’s investments.

• The Company may make investments in loans, or securities backed by loans, that are or may be non-performing loans.

• The Company’s success will depend, in part, on originating loans on advantageous terms.

• Bank loans and corporate loans may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale.

• The value of the Company’s investments could be affected by factors affecting the economy and securities markets generally.

• Periods of market volatility have occurred and could continue to occur in response to pandemics or other events.

• The Adviser will rely on information provided by internal sources and third parties when conducting due diligence.

• Fixed and floating rate debt instruments are subject to the risks associated with change in interest rates.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in smaller and middle market companies.

• Most of the Company’s Portfolio Investments at any given time are expected to be illiquid.

• Economic sanction laws may prohibit investments in certain countries and with certain individuals and companies.

• The Company may choose to waive or defer enforcement of covenants in the debt securities held in its portfolio, which may cause the Company to lose all or part of its investment in these companies.

General Risks Related to the Company

• There can be no guarantee of returns and Unitholders may lose all of their money by investing in the Company.

• Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, Units are not generally transferable and voluntary withdrawal of Units is not allowed.

• The Company is subject to management risk because the Adviser actively manages its investment portfolio.

• If the professional staff of the Adviser fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, the Company will not be able to grow its investment portfolio.

• The Company’s assets are available to satisfy all liabilities and other obligations of the Company.

29

• There is no assurance that the Adviser’s analysis of potential investments will take into consideration all appropriate factors.

• The Company could be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of any single investment.

• The Company must meet requirements to maintain its qualification as a RIC.

• The Company will include in its income certain amounts that the Company has not yet received in cash.

• The Company may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in its Units.

• It is expected that the majority of the Company’s investments will not have market quotations available.

• Securities that the Adviser believes are not valued correctly may not ultimately be valued as projected.

• The Adviser may employ financial/analytical models that may not reflect actual results.

• The Company and the Adviser may be subject to the risks and costs of regulatory investigations or becoming involved in litigation with third parties.

• A Unitholder in default with respect to its unfunded Commitment may experience material adverse effects on its investment.

• The Company and/or the Adviser may enter into various indemnification agreements or arrangements with third parties.

• Unitholders could be subject to cybersecurity risks associated with electronic databases and communications.

Risks Related to RICs and BDCs

• The Company intends to distribute to Unitholders substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain.

• No assurance can be given that the Company will be able to maintain qualification as a RIC.

• Unitholders will experience the increased risks pertaining to the Company’s use of leverage to partially finance its investments.

• A BDC must carry investments at market value or at fair value, as determined in good faith by the Board.

• At least 70% of a BDC’s assets must consist of “qualifying assets”.

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company

• The Company and its affiliates are substantially limited in their ability to co-invest in privately negotiated transactions.

• The Company could be precluded from conducting Rule 506 Offerings (as defined below) due to “Bad Actor” restrictions.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (as defined below).

Other Risks Related to Portfolio Investments

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in high yield securities, corporate debt securities, convertible securities, preferred stock, reverse repurchase agreements, and distressed companies.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with the use of warrants and rights.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with the elimination of LIBOR.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with the effect of an economic slowdown on Portfolio Investments.

• The Company’s Portfolio Investments will require active monitoring and may, at times, involve participation in business strategy or reorganization proceedings.

• The Company could be subject to the risks associated with investments in zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest rate bonds and PIKs.

• The Company may dispose of its investments through whatever manner it deems to be advisable, including through asset sales, repackaging transactions, securitizations, initial public offerings, strategic transactions and other mergers and acquisitions activity, and/or any combination thereof. Therefore, the disposition of Company investments will be subject to the risks associated with the particular exit strategy utilized.

30

RISK FACTORS

The purchase of Units involves a number of significant risks and other important factors relating to investments in BDCs generally, and relating to the strategy and investment objective of the Company in particular. An investment in the Company is a potentially suitable investment only for a sophisticated investor for whom such an investment does not represent a complete investment program and who, in consultation with its investment and tax advisors, fully understands and is capable of assuming the risks of an investment in the Company.

The Company holds certain investments and conducts certain activities through investing in wholly-owned SPVs. All references to investments by the Company in this annual report on

Form 10-K refer,

as the context requires, to investments by either the Company or those SPVs.

There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve its investment objective, that the Company will not lose capital, that the Adviser’s judgment will result in profitable investments by the Company or that the Adviser will successfully be able to implement the Company’s investment strategy. An investment in the Company involves investment considerations and risk factors that prospective investors should consider before subscribing. No guarantee or representation is made that the Company’s investments will succeed.

Certain of the characteristics and risks of the portfolio instruments and investment, hedging, financing and disposition techniques that the Adviser may utilize in managing the Company are set forth below. This is not intended to be a complete description or enumeration of portfolio instruments, investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques or risks.

The Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be affected by, among other things, the factors described below. The Company may also invest in instruments or engage in investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques other than those described below, including instruments or investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques that are not in existence as of the date of this annual report on

Form 10-K. Consistent

with its investment strategy, the Company may invest in instruments and engage in investment, hedging, financing or disposition techniques of any and all types, which exist now or are hereafter created.

The discussion below, to the extent it relates to bankruptcy law or proceedings or to debtors’ and creditors’ rights, is based upon principles of U.S. federal and state laws. Insofar as the Company’s Portfolio Investments, include

obligations of non-U.S. issuers, or

bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceedings in a country other than the U.S., the laws of such other countries, and the rights and obligations of debtors and creditors in such other countries, under factual circumstances similar to those described below, may or may not be analogous to those described below.

General Risks Related to Investment Strategy

Healthcare and Life Science Industries’ Related Risks

. The Company intends to make investments in the healthcare and life science industries, although the Company may also opportunistically invest in other sectors in order to accomplish its investment objective. Investing in healthcare companies involves substantial risks. Such risks include, but are not limited to, the following: changes in government policies, including policies regarding reimbursement of medical expenses; certain companies in which the Company may invest may have limited or no operating histories/ or may have limited products, markets and financial resources; rapidly changing technologies may cause products to quickly become obsolete; unanticipated problems often arise in connection with the development of new products, and many such efforts are ultimately unsuccessful; scarcity of management and marketing personnel with appropriate technological or medical training may slow or impede companies’ growth; the possibility of lawsuits related to technological and medical patents could cause delays and expense in product development and implementation; regulatory changes and/or government actions may prevent a company from marketing its products; changing investors’ sentiments and preferences with regard to investments in healthcare companies (which may be perceived as risky) may have an adverse effect on the price of underlying securities; volatility in the U.S. stock markets affecting the prices of securities of healthcare and life sciences companies may cause the Company to experience substantial volatility; and certain healthcare and life sciences companies may be subject to extensive government regulation and affected by government reimbursement policy changes. In addition, many healthcare and life sciences companies may have substantial and ongoing capital needs for research and development, clinical trials and marketing and may have difficultyobtaining such funding under various market conditions or even under normal market conditions or such capital may be obtained on terms that are not

favorable.

31

Also, obtaining government approval for new products from governmental agencies can be lengthy, expensive and uncertain, and withdrawal or curtailment of government support could have an adverse impact on the profitability or market price of healthcare and life sciences companies. Furthermore, delays in generating products (as well as more general ongoing capital requirements) may result in the need for companies to seek additional capital, potentially diluting the interest of existing investors, such as the Company (and indirectly, the Unitholders).

Investments in Healthcare Companies

. The success of the Company’s investments will depend on the successful implementation of its investment strategy and the healthcare industry generally. The Company’s investment strategy is subject to numerous and significant risks and uncertainties, some of which are highlighted generally below. The following is general information and does not purport to describe all risks associated with investing in the healthcare industry. 

Sector Risk.

 Sector risk is the risk associated with a Company holding a significant amount of investments in similar businesses, which would be similarly affected by particular economic or market events, which may, in certain circumstances, cause the value of the equity and debt securities of companies in a particular sector of the market to change. To the extent a Company has substantial holdings within a particular sector, the risks to a Company associated with that sector increase.

Concentration Risk.

 The Company’s principal focus is to invest in the healthcare and life sciences industry. The focus of the Company’s portfolio on a specific industry may present more risks than if its portfolio were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. A downturn in this industry would have a larger impact on the Company than on an investment company that does not concentrate in such industry. At times, the performance of securities of companies in the healthcare industry will lag the performance of other industries or the broader market as a whole.

While investment in multiple opportunities may provide some diversification of investment risk, no assurance can be given that such diversification will occur, or if it does, that it will not reduce, rather than increase, potential net profits.

Risks Inherent in Healthcare-Related Assets.

 Substantially all of the Company’s investments will be in the healthcare industry. Concentration in one industry involves significant risks greater than those generally associated with diversified acquisition funds, including significant fluctuations in returns. The healthcare industry is challenged by factors such as government regulations; changes in government policies, including policies regarding reimbursement of medical expenses and policies that impact company’s abilities to market products; changes in technology, including changes that may cause products to quickly become obsolete; medical innovations and accompanied unanticipated problems; changes in healthcare practices or delivery systems; scarcity of management and marketing personnel with appropriate technological or medical training; possibilities of lawsuits related to technological and medical patents, and resulting delays and expenses in product development and implementation; changing macroeconomic conditions in the U.S. and globally, intense competition, susceptibility to natural disasters, large capital requirements and the introduction of new, competing healthcare facilities, properties or other leisure activities.

Companies in the healthcare sector are subject to extensive government regulation and their profitability can be significantly affected by restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure (including price discounting), limited product lines and an increased emphasis on the delivery of healthcare through outpatient services. Companies in the healthcare sector are heavily dependent on obtaining and defending patents, which may be time consuming and costly, and the expiration of patents may also adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Healthcare companies arealso subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the healthcare sector require significant research and development and may be subject to regulatory approvals, all of which may be time consuming and costly with no guarantee that any product will come to market.

The Company’s assets will compete in a relatively uncertain political, economic, and regulatory environment, and instability or an overall decline within the healthcare sector will not be balanced by investments in industries not so affected.

In addition, many healthcare companies may have substantial and ongoing capital needs for research and development, clinical trials and marketing and may have difficulty obtaining such funding under various market conditions or such capital may be obtained on terms that are not favorable to existing investors.

Regulations of Healthcare Industry.

 The regulatory environment surrounding the healthcare industry has intensified both in the amount and type of regulations and in the efforts to enforce those regulations. The extensive federal, state, and local, laws and regulations affecting the healthcare industry include, but are not limited to, laws and regulations relating to licensure, certification as a Medicare and Medicaid provider, conduct of operations, ownership of facilities, addition of facilities and equipment, allowable costs, services, prices for services, quality of care, patient rights, patient abuse and neglect, fraudulent reimbursement practices, and financial and other arrangements which may be entered into by healthcare providers.

32

Federal and state governments have intensified enforcement policies, resulting in a significant increase in the number of inspections, citations of regulatory deficiencies and other regulatory sanctions, including terminations from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, bans on Medicare and Medicaid payments for new admissions, civil monetary penalties and even criminal penalties. The Company’s investments could be forced to expend considerable resources on responding to an investigation orother enforcement action under applicable laws or regulations, The Company is unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local regulation or legislation, including the Medicare and Medicaid statutes and regulations. Changes in regulatory framework could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s Portfolio Investments and the Company.

Senior Secured Loans

. With respect to the Company’s investments in senior secured loans (including first lien loans), the Company will generally have a security interest in assets of the company, which should mitigate the risk that the Company will not be repaid. However, the collateral securing the Company’s loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, the Company’s lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that the Company will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that the Company will be able to collect on the loan should it be forced to enforce its remedies. Furthermore, if a secured loan is foreclosed, the Company could own the underlying collateral (

e.g.

, real estate), and would be subject to the risks, costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.

Subordinated Loans

. The Company may invest in subordinated loans. In the event of a loss of value of the underlying assets that collateralize the loans, the subordinate portions of the loans may suffer a loss prior to the more senior portions suffering a loss. If a borrower defaults and lacks sufficient assets to satisfy the Company’s loan, the Company may suffer a loss of principal or interest. If a borrower declares bankruptcy, the Company may not have full recourse to the assets of the borrower, or the assets of the borrower may not be sufficient to satisfy the loan. In addition, certain of the Company’s loans may be subordinate to other debt of the borrower. As a result, if a borrower defaults on the Company’s loan or on debt senior to the Company’s loan, or in the event ofthe bankruptcy of a borrower, the Company’s loan will be satisfied only after all senior debt is paid in full. The Company’s ability to amend the terms of the Company’s loans, assign the Company’s loans, accept prepayments, exercise the Company’s remedies (through “standstill periods”) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to borrowers may be limited by intercreditor arrangements if debt senior to the Company’s loans exists. In addition, the Company will be subject to the potential risks of foreclosure and ownership of underlying collateral described in “

—Senior Secured Loans

” above.

Mezzanine Securities

. The Company may invest in unsecured securities that are senior to common stock or other equity securities (“Mezzanine Securities”). Mezzanine Securities are subordinated to substantial amounts of senior debt, all or a portion of which may be secured. As a result, holders of Mezzanine Securities are generally not entitled to receive any payments in bankruptcy or liquidation until senior creditors are paid in full. In addition, the legal remedies available to holders of Mezzanine Securities are normally limited by restrictions benefiting senior creditors. In the event a company in which the Company holds Mezzanine Securities cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet senior debt service, the Company may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested. Because issuers of Mezzanine Securities are often highly leveraged, their

relatively high debt-to-equity ratios create

increased risks that their operations will not be able to generate adequate cash flow to meet senior debt service.

Unsecured Loans or Debt

. The Company may invest in unsecured loans which are not secured by collateral. In the event of default on an unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for an unsecured holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Company. Because unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid.

Prepayment Risk

. The terms of loans in which the Company invests may permit borrowers to voluntarily prepay loans at any time, either with no or a nominal prepayment premium. This prepayment right could result in the borrower repaying the principal on an obligation held by the Company earlier than expected. This may happen when there is a decline in interest rates, when the borrower’s improved credit or operating or financial performance allows the refinancing of certain classes of debt with lower cost debt. The yield of the Company’s investment assets may be affected by the rate of prepayments differing from the Adviser’s expectations.

33

Investment Modification Risk

. The terms and conditions of loan agreements and related assignments may be amended, modified or waived only by the agreement of the lenders. Generally, any such agreement must include a majority or a super majority (measured by outstanding loans or commitments) or, in certain circumstances, a unanimous vote of the lenders. Consequently, the terms and conditions of the payment obligation arising from Portfolio Investments could be modified, amended or waived in a manner contrary to the preferences of the Company if a sufficient number of the other lenders concurred with such modification, amendment or waiver. There can be no assurance that any obligations arising from a Portfolio Investment will maintain the terms and conditions to which the Company originally agreed.

Collateral Risk

. The collateral and security arrangements in relation to such secured obligations as the Company may invest in will be subject to such security or collateral having been correctly created and perfected and any applicable legal or regulatory requirements which may restrict the giving of collateral or security by an obligor, such as, for example, thin capitalization, over-indebtedness, financial assistance and corporate benefit requirements. If one or more Portfolio Investments do not benefit from the expected collateral or security arrangements, this may adversely affect the value of or, in the event of default, the recovery of principal or interest from such Portfolio Investments made by the Company. Accordingly, any such failure to properly create or perfect collateral and security interests attaching to the Portfolio Investments could have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company, and, by extension, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of the Units. A component of the Adviser’s analysis of the desirability ofmaking a given investment relates to the estimated residual or recovery value of such Portfolio Investments in the event of the insolvency of the obligor. This residual or recovery value will be driven primarily by the value of the anticipated future cash flows of the obligor’s business and by the value of any underlying assets constituting the collateral for such Portfolio Investment. The anticipated future cash flows of the obligor’s business and the value of collateral can, however, be extremely difficult to predict as in certain circumstances market quotations and third-party pricing information may not be available. If the recovery value of the collateral associated with the Portfolio Investments in which the Company invests decreases or is materially worse than expected by the Company, such a decrease or deficiency may affect the value of the Portfolio Investments made by the Company. Accordingly, there may be a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company, and, by extension, the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of the Units.

Defaults

. The Company may make investments in loans, or securities backed by loans, that may be at the time of their acquisition, or may become after

acquisition, non-performing loans.

In the event of any default under a loan directly held by the Company or a loan underlying a security held by the Company, the Company will bear a risk of loss of principal to the extent of any deficiency between the value of the collateral and the principal and accrued interest of the loan, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s cash flow from

operations. Other non-performing loans may

require workout negotiations and/or restructuring, which may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate and/or a substantial write-down of the original principal amount of such loans. Further, even if a restructuring were successfully accomplished, unless the restructuring provided for full amortization on or prior to maturity and the borrower strictly complied with that restructuring, a risk exists that upon maturity of such loans, replacement financing will not be available and such loans may not be repaid. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the loan to that borrower will be deemed to be secured only to the extent of the value of the underlying collateral at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the bankruptcy court), the lien securing the loan will be subject to the avoidance powers of the bankruptcy

trustee or debtor-in-possession to the

extent the lien is unenforceable under state law, and realizing any value under such circumstances can be an expensive and lengthy process that could have a substantial negative effect on the anticipated return on the loan and on the security backed by such loan. Other risks attendant to a bankruptcy filing are described below. The foregoing statement does not apply in the context of a borrower insolvency case commenced under chapter 13 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code where the underlying collateral is used as the principal residence of the borrower, but in such instances, the lender will nonetheless be stayed from the collection of its claim, taking possession of the collateral, and enforcing its lien unless and until the lender obtains relief from the automatic stay under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

Litigation and Related Risks Associated with Origination and Servicing

. Loan origination and servicing companies are routinely involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of their business. These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. In addition, a number of participants in the loan origination and servicing industry (including control persons of industry participants) have been the subject of regulatory actions by state regulators, including state Attorneys General, and by the federal government. Governmental investigations, examinations or regulatory actions, or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, may adversely affect such companies’ financial results. To the extent the Company seeks to engage in origination and/or servicing directly, or has a financial interest in, or is otherwise affiliated with, an origination or servicing company, the Company will be subject to enhanced risks of litigation, regulatory actions and other proceedings. As a result, the Company may be required to pay legal fees, settlement costs, damages, penalties or other charges, any or all of which could materially adversely affect the Company and its investments.

34

Ability to Originate Loans on Advantageous Terms; Competition and Supply

. The Company’s success depends, in part, on the ability of the Company or its affiliates to originate loans on advantageous terms. In originating and purchasing loans, the Company or its affiliates will compete with a broad spectrum of lenders. Increased competition for, or a diminishment in the available supply of, qualifying loans could result in lower yields on such loans, which could reduce returns (if any) to investors. The Company intends to originate certain investments and later offer to syndicate all or a portion of one or more investmentsto certain other funds oraccounts managed by the Adviser and its affiliates, in each case subject to their own investment-review process,

and to co-investors and/or third

parties. Prior to such syndication, or if such syndication is not successful, the Company’s exposure to the originated investment may exceed the exposure that the Company intends to have over the long-term or would have had if it had purchased such investment in the secondary market rather than originating it. Where syndication is not successful, the Company may elect to sell all or a portion of an originated investment at a loss in order to rebalance the Company’s portfolio. The level of analytical sophistication, both financial and legal, necessary for successful financing to companies, particularly companies experiencing significant business and financial difficulties is unusually high. There is no assurance that the Adviser will correctly evaluate the value of the assets collateralizing the Company loans or the prospects for successful repayment or a successful reorganization or similar action.

Risks Relating to Bank Loans and Corporate Loans

. Bank loans and corporate loans (which the Company will originate, invest in or otherwise gain exposure to) may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what the Adviser believes to be a fair price. In addition, bank loans and corporate loans are often less liquid than other types of debt securities, particularly in times of significant market dislocation. Loans to small and middle market entities (“SMEs”) may involve certain heightened risks. See “—

Investments in Smaller and Middle Market Companies

” below.

Holders of bank loans, corporate loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Company does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the value of the Company’s investments could be adversely affected. The Company may invest in secured and unsecured bank loans and corporate loans. Bank loans and corporate loans that are fully secured may offer the Company more protection than an unsecured loan in the

event of non-payment of scheduled

interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral from a secured bank loan or corporate loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the Company could experience delays or limitations in its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a loan and could be compelled to accept new instruments or interests in respect of its claims under the bank loan in a plan of reorganization. These new instruments or interests may be on terms different from prevailing market terms for similar instruments and interests.

Bank loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the bank loan from free cash flow. The degree to which borrowers prepay bank loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Company derives interest income will be reduced. The effect of prepayments on the Company’s performance may or may not be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees and/or the Company’s reinvestment of prepayments in other bank loans that have similar or identical yields.

The Company may purchase “assignments” of bank loans from lenders. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.

The Company may also invest in “participations” in bank loans. Participations by the Company in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the Company having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower. As a result, the Company may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt bysuch lender of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, the Company generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other

lenders through set-off against the

borrower, and the Company may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the bank loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Company assumes the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender selling the participation.

In many cases bank loans and loan participations would not be deemed to be securities for purposes of U.S. federal and/or state securities laws. As a result, an investment in bank loans would not be afforded the same protections as an investment in securities, such as the extensive disclosure requirements under U.S. federal and/or state securities laws, which may adversely impact the Company’s ability to seek recourse in respect of such investments. Similarly, the documentation evidencing bank loans and loan participations will not necessarily be maintained with the Company’s

custodian.

35

General Economic and Market Risk

. The value of the Company’s investments could be affected by factors affecting the economy and securities markets generally, such as real or perceived adverse economic conditions, supply and demand for particular instruments, changes in the general outlook for certain markets or corporate earnings, interest rates, announcements of political information or adverse investor sentiment generally. The market values of the Company’s investments may decline for a number of reasons, including increases in defaults resulting from changes in overall economic conditions and widening of credit spreads. Unfavorable market conditions may also increase funding costs, limit access to the capital markets or result in credit terms changing or credit becoming unavailable. These events could have an adverse effect on the Company’s investments and the Company’s overall performance.

Various social and political circumstances in the U.S. and around the world (including wars and other forms of conflict, terrorist acts, security operations and catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and global health epidemics), may also contribute to increased market volatility and economic uncertainties or deterioration in the U.S. and worldwide. Such events, including rising trade tensions between the United States and China, other uncertainties regarding actual and potential shifts in U.S. and foreign, trade, economic and other policies with other countries, the large-scale invasion of Ukraine by Russia that began in February 2022 and resulting sanctions or other restrictive actions that the United States and other countries have imposed against Russia, and

the COVID-19 pandemic,

could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. These market and economic disruptions could negatively impact the operating results of the Company’s Portfolio Investments.

Additionally, the Federal Reserve raised the Federal Funds Rate in 2022 and in 2023, and may raise or announce its intention to raise, the Federal Funds Rate further. These developments, along with the United States government’s credit and deficit concerns, global economic uncertainties and market volatility and the impacts

of COVID-19, could

cause interest rates to be volatile, which may negatively impact the Company’s ability to access the debt markets and capital markets on favorable terms.

Continuing market uncertainty may have a significant impact on the business of the Company. Among other things, the level of investment opportunities may decline from the Adviser’s current expectations. One possible consequence is that the Company may take a longer than anticipated period to invest capital and/or the Company may be relatively concentrated in a limited number of investments. Consequently, during this period, the returns (if any) realized by Unitholders may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of a small number of these investments. Furthermore, market conditions may unfavorably impact the Company’s ability to secure leverage on terms as favorable as more established borrowers in the market, or to obtain any leverage on commercially favorable terms. To the extent the Company is able to secure financing for investments, increases in interest rates or in the risk spread demanded by financing sources would make the use of leverage more expensive and could limit the Company’s ability to structure and consummate its investments. Although the Adviser believes that recent market dislocations will result in attractive investment opportunities, the Company may not be able to time the acquisition or disposition of its investments correctly, which could result in further depreciation in values.

Public Health Crises Risk

. Periods of market volatility have occurred and could continue to occur in response to pandemics or other events outside of the Company’s control. These types of events have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect operating results for the Company and for its Portfolio Investments. For example,

the COVID-19 pandemic

has adversely impacted global commercial activity and contributed to significant volatility in the equity and debt markets. The

COVID-19

pandemic and restrictive measures taken to contain or mitigate its spread have caused, and are continuing to cause, business shutdowns, or the

re-introduction

of business shutdowns, cancellations of events and restrictions on travel, significant reductions in demand for certain goods and services, reductions in business activity and financial transactions, supply chain interruptions, labor shortages, increased inflationary pressure and overall economic and financial market instability both globally and in the United States. Many states, including those in which the Company and Portfolio Investments may operate, have issued orders requiring the closure of, or certain restrictions on the operation of, certain businesses. Such actions and effects remain ongoing and the ultimate duration and severity of the

COVID-19

pandemic, including

COVID-19

variants, remain uncertain. While several countries, as well as certain states, counties and cities in the United States, relaxed the public health restrictions throughout 2021 partly as a result of the introduction of vaccines, recurring

COVID-19

outbreaks caused by different virus variants continue to lead to the

re-introduction

of certain restrictions in certain states in the United States and globally. Even after the

COVID-19

pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy and most other major global economies may continue to experience a recession, and the Company’s business and operations, as well as the business and operations of the Portfolio Investments, could be materially adversely affected by a prolonged recession in the U.S. and other major markets.

36

Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, the uncertainty surrounding the

COVID-19

pandemic, including uncertainty regarding existing or future variants and other factors, has contributed to significant volatility in the global public equity markets and global debt capital markets.

General Credit Risk

. The Company is subject to significant credit risk (

i.e.

, the risk that an issuer or borrower will default in the payment of principal and/or interest on an instrument) in light of its investment strategy. Credit risk also includes the risk that a counterparty to a derivatives transaction (

e.g.

, a swap counterparty) will be unwilling or unable to meet its obligations. Financial strength and solvency of an issuer or borrower are the primary factors influencing credit risk. In addition, degree of subordination, lack or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancement for a debt instrument may affect its credit risk. The degree of credit risk associated with any particular Portfolio Investment or any collateral relating thereto may be difficult or impossible for the Adviser to determine within reasonable standards of predictability. The Adviser utilizes various third parties that hold Company assets (such as the Custodian and prime brokers) in implementing the Company’s investment strategy, and the Company will therefore also be subject to credit risk with respect to such entities.

Although most of the Company’s investments will not be rated by any credit rating agency, in some cases, the credit risk of some of the Company’s Portfolio Investments may be broadly gauged by the credit ratings of such Portfolio Investments. However, ratings are only the opinions of the agencies issuing them, may change less quickly than relevant circumstances, are not absolute guarantees of the quality of the rated securities and are subject to downgrade. Credit ratings and ratings agencies have recently been criticized for ratings which did not fully reflect the risks of certain securities or which did not reflect such risks in a timely manner. For most investments, however, the Adviser will rely on its own independent analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual securities considered for the Company, rather than relying on ratings agencies or third-party research. Therefore, the Adviser’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important (especially since it is currently anticipated that most of the Company’s assets will not be rated by a ratings agency or will be rated below investment grade), and there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be successful in this regard. See also “—

High Yield Debt and Unrated Securities

” below.

General Leverage Risks

. The Company employs leverage and otherwise incurs indebtedness with respect to the portfolio both on a

recourse or non-recourse basis (including

through guarantees, derivatives, forward commitments and reverse repurchase agreements). The Company is not required to take any action (including unwinding or liquidating any position) in the event that such guideline is exceeded subsequent to the borrowing date, whether in the event of changes in the market value of the Company’s portfolio or otherwise. Prospective investors in the Company should expect that the effective leverage utilized by the Company may exceed such guideline, which only applies to direct borrowings; for instance, economic leverage inherent in the Company’s derivatives transactions and other investments will not be counted for purposes of such guideline,notwithstanding that such investments will be subject to many of the leverage-related risks described herein. In addition, determinations relating to leverage are inherently subjective and will involve the exercise of discretion by the Adviser (for instance, the Adviser may deem the amount of the Company’s direct borrowings to be reduced by cash and cash equivalents held by the Company or by a counterparty). See “—

Leveraged Companies

” below.

The use of leverage has the potential to magnify the gains or the losses on investments and to make the Company’s returns more volatile. Moreover, if the Company is required

to de-lever as

a result of changing market conditions or otherwise, it may be forced to sell Portfolio Investments at inopportune times or at disadvantageous prices. On the other hand, while the Company will have the flexibility to use leverage, there can be no guarantee that leverage can be obtained, or obtained on terms and pricing the Adviser finds attractive, especially in the current market environment. As a result, prospective investors in the Company should recognize that Portfolio Investments may not be leveraged, or may be leveraged at an amount below any leverage level otherwise expected by the Adviser. Moreover, even if leverage can be arranged, the Company is not obligated to utilize such leverage and may do so at the sole discretion of the Adviser. Should leverage not be obtained or utilized by the Company, the returns for the Company may be lower than they would have been had such leverage been obtained and utilized.

In connection with any leverage utilized by the Company, the Company may secure its obligations with respect thereto with any and all of its assets, including its right to receive capital contributions from the Unitholders, pursuant to a pledge or other security agreement on terms that the Company determines are fair and reasonable to the Company. If the Company were to default on its obligations under such transactions, the counterparty could foreclose on the collateral and take possession of the Company’s assets and/or call capital from the Unitholders for purposes of repaying debt.

The terms of any leverage utilized by the Company are likely to impose significant restrictions on the Company’s operations and investment program, including as to the Company’s ability to pay distributions, incur additional leverage and engage in certain transactions.

37

Investments in Smaller and Middle Market Companies

. The Company generally invests in smaller and middle market companies. While smaller and middle market companies generally have potential for rapid growth, they often involve higher risks because they may lack the management experience, financial resources, product diversification, competitive strength and access to capital of larger companies. In addition, in many instances, the frequency and volume of the trading of securities for such companies may be substantially less than is typical of larger companies. As a result, the securities of smaller and middle market companies may be subject to wider price fluctuations. When liquidating positions in smaller and middle market companies, the Company may have to sell portfolio holdings at discounts from quoted prices or may have to make a series of small transactions over an extended period of time. Investments in such companies may also be particularly difficult to analyze due to (among other factors) limited attention from analysts and large institutional investors, limited access to liquidity sources and, in certain cases, limited publicly available financial information. With respect to the Company’s investments in SMEs and similar loans, the Company may receive less borrower information, receive less collateral and be subject to heightened default risk as compared to loans made to other types of entities.

Hedging Transactions and Related Risks

. The Company may, but is not required to, engage in hedging transactions. In particular, as many of the Company’s Portfolio Investments are expected to consist of relatively illiquid securities whose price behavior is not particularly correlated to general fixed income or equity index returns, such Portfolio Investments are expected to be difficult or expensive to hedge, and as such the Company may not employ any hedging strategy in respect of such Portfolio Investments (including with respect to their credit risk). To the extent the Adviser employs a hedging strategy for the Company, the success of any such hedging strategy will depend, in part, upon the Adviser’s ability to correctly assess the degree of correlation between the performance of the instruments used in the hedging strategy and the performance of the investments being hedged. Since the characteristics of many securities change as markets change or time passes, the successof the Company’s hedging strategy will also be subject to the Adviser’s ability to continually recalculate, readjust and execute hedges in an efficient and timely manner. While the Company may enter into hedging transactions to seek to reduce risk, such transactions may result in a poorer overall performance for the Company than if it had not engaged in such hedging transactions. For a variety of reasons, the Adviser may not seek to establish a precise correlation between the hedging instruments utilized and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such an imprecise correlation may prevent the Company from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Company to risk of loss. Additionally, the Adviser may not hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge, or because it does not foresee the occurrence of the risk. Moreover, there is no guarantee that the Company’s intended hedging strategy will be successful in hedging out the subject risks.

Due Diligence Risk

. When conducting due diligence and making an assessment regarding a Portfolio Investment, the Adviser relies on the resources available to it, including internal sources of information as well as information provided by third parties. The due diligence process may at times be required to rely on limited or incomplete information. The Adviser selects Portfolio Investments in part on the basis of information and data filed with various government regulators and publicly available or made directly available by prospective portfolio companies or third parties. The Adviser expects that it will not be in a position to confirm the completeness, genuineness or accuracy of such information and data, and will therefore be dependent upon the integrity of the management of the entities filing such information and of such portfolio companies and third parties providing such information. In addition, there can be no assurance that any consultants or experts engaged by the Adviser will accurately evaluate such Portfolio Investments. Investment analyses and decisions by the Adviser may be undertaken on an expedited basis to enable the Company to take advantage of investment opportunities with accelerated timelines. In such cases, the available information at the time of an investment decision may be limited, inaccurate and/or incomplete. Accordingly, the Adviser cannot guarantee that its due diligence investigations will reveal or highlight all relevant facts that may be necessary or helpful in evaluating investment opportunities. Furthermore, the Company bears its proportionate share of all due diligence-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (including in respect of investments that are not ultimately consummated); such fees, costs, expenses and liabilities may be significant and could reduce Company returns.

Interest Rate Risk

. Interest rate risk refers to the risks associated with market changes in interest rates. In general, rising interest rates, such as the current economic period, will negatively impact the price of fixed rate debt instruments and falling interest rates will have a positive effect on the price of such debt instruments. Many of the Company’s investments are expected to be variable rate loans with interest that adjusts with market rates. These loans will generally also react to interest rate changes in a similar manner although generally to a lesser degree (depending, however, on the characteristics of the reset terms, including the index chosen, frequency of reset and reset caps or floors, among other factors). The Company’s other investments and transactions may also be affected by changes in interest rates. Declines in market value, if not offset by any corresponding gains on hedging instruments, may ultimately reduce earnings or result in losses to the Company.

The prices of long-term debt obligations generally fluctuate more than prices of short-term debt obligations as interest rates change. To the extent the Company invests in longer-term Portfolio Investments, it will be impacted to a greater degree by changes in market interest rates than if the Company invested primarily in short-term debt securities.

38

To the extent the Company borrows money or issues preferred Units to make investments, its net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which it borrows funds or pays distributions on preferred Units and the rate at which the Company invests those funds. As a result, the Company can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on its net investment income in the event the Company uses debt to finance investments. In periods of rising interest rates, such as the current economic period, the Company’s cost of funds will increase because the interest rates on the amounts borrowed under the Company’s credit facilities or certain other financing arrangements will typically be floating, which could reduce the Company’s net investment income to the extent any Portfolio Investments have fixed interest rates, and the interest rate on Portfolio Investments with an interest rate floor (such as a SOFR (as defined below) floor) above then-current levels will not increase until interest rates exceed the applicable minimum interest rate floor. Rising interest rates may also increase the cost of debt for the Portfolio Investments, which could adversely impact the Portfolio Investment’s financial performance and ability to meet ongoing obligations to the Company.

The Company expects that its long-term fixed-rate investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. The Company may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit its exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities could limit the Company’s ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged borrowings. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make an investment in the Company’s Units less attractive if the Company is not able to increase its distribution rate, which could reduce the value of the Company’s Units.

Liquidity Risk

. Most of the Company’s Portfolio Investments at any given time are expected to be illiquid, such that either no market exists for them or they are restricted as to their transferability under federal, state or foreign securities laws. Similarly, the Adviser may from time to time

possess material, non-public information about

an issuer, which could limit the ability of the Company to buy and sell Portfolio Investments. The illiquid nature of the Company’s positions may make it difficult, if not impossible, for the Company to (i) close out unprofitable positions and redeploy capital, except when a viable exit strategy can be developed (which may require a much longer commitment than the Adviser had anticipated), and (ii) meet margin calls or similar requirements of Company transaction counterparties to furnish additional liquid collateral. In addition, the sale of the Company’s investments may be made at substantial discounts and/or otherwise disadvantageous terms.

Inflation/Deflation Risk

. Any disruptions in the capital markets, as a result of inflation and a rising interest environment or otherwise, may increase the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities and can result in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial sector and

re-pricing

of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These and any other unfavorable economic conditions could increase the Company’s funding costs, limit the Company’s access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to the Company. In addition, market conditions (including inflation, supply chain issues and decreased consumer demand) could impact the operations of certain of the Company’s Portfolio Investments. If the financial results of middle-market companies, like those in which the Company intends to invest, experience deterioration, it could ultimately lead to difficulty in meeting debt service requirements and an increase in defaults, and further deterioration in market conditions will further depress the outlook for those companies. Further, adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of the Company’s loans and the value of the Company’s equity investments. Such may require the Company to modify the payment terms of its investments, including changes in PIK interest provisions and/or cash interest rates. The performance of certain of the Company’s Portfolio Investments may be negatively impacted by these economic or other conditions, which can result in the Company receipt of reduced interest income from its Portfolio Investments and/or realized and unrealized losses related to its Portfolio Investments, and, in turn, may adversely affect distributable income and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Inflation risk results from the variation in the value of cash flows from a security due to inflation, as measured in terms of purchasing power. The Company is exposed to inflation risk with respect to any fixed rate investments that it makes, if any, because the interest rate the issuer has to pay the Company is fixed for the life of the security. To the extent that interest rates reflect the expected inflation rate, floating rate loans have a lower level of inflation risk.

Financial Fraud

. Instances of fraud and other deceptive practices committed by management, employees or Service Providers of the Company’s Portfolio Investments or by other financial institutions may undermine the Adviser’s due diligence efforts with respect to, and/or negatively affect the valuation of, the Company’s Portfolio Investments. In addition, financial fraud may contribute to overall market volatility, which can negatively impact the Company’s investment program.

39

OFAC, FCPA and Related Considerations

. Economic sanction laws in the U.S. and other jurisdictions may prohibit the Adviser, its personnel and the Company from transacting with or in certain countries and with certain individuals and companies. In the U.S., the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control administers and enforces laws, Executive Orders and regulations establishing U.S. economic and trade sanctions. Such sanctions prohibit, among other things, transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals. These types of sanctions may restrict the Company’s investment activities.

In some countries, there is a greater acceptance than in the U.S. of government involvement in commercial activities, and of corruption. The Company may be adversely affected because of its unwillingness to participate in transactions that violate such laws or regulations. Such laws and regulations may make it difficult in certain circumstances for the Company to act successfully on investment opportunities and for Portfolio Investments to obtain or retain business.

In recent years, the U.S. Department of Justice and the SEC have devoted greater resources to enforcement of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). In addition, the United Kingdom has recently significantly expanded the reach of its anti-bribery laws. Violations of the FCPA or other applicable anti-corruption laws or anti-bribery laws could result in, among other things, civil and criminal penalties, material fines, profit disgorgement, injunctions on future conduct, securities litigation and a general loss of investor confidence, any one of which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective and/or conduct its operations.

Risks Relating to Waivers or Deferrals of Covenants and Covenant-Lite Loans

. The Company structures the debt in its Portfolio Investments to include business and financial covenants placing affirmative and negative obligations on the operation of the company’s business and its financial condition. However, from time to time the Company may elect to waive breaches of these covenants, including its right to payment, or waive or defer enforcement of remedies, such as acceleration of obligations or foreclosure on collateral, depending upon the financial condition and prospects of the particular Portfolio Investment. These actions may reduce the likelihood of the Company receiving the full amount of future payments of interest or principal and be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of the underlying collateral as many of these companies may have limited financial resources, may be unable to meet future obligations and may go bankrupt. This could negatively impact the Company’s ability to pay distributions, could adversely affect its results of operation and financial condition and cause the loss of all or part of your investment.

In addition, some of the loans in which the Company may invest may be “covenant-lite” loans. The Company uses the term “covenant-lite” loans to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent the Company invests in “covenant-lite” loans, the Company may have fewer rights against a borrower and may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.

General Risks Related to the Company

Risk of Loss

. An investment in the Company is highly risky. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve its investment objective or any particular level of returns. An investor may lose all of its money by investing in the Company. Among other things, the Company may invest in assets that are

underperforming or non-performing and/or in

securities of issuers who are under financial stress. By their nature, such investments are considered speculative and entail substantial risks that are generally higher than the risks of investments in performing assets and securities of issuers that are not under financial stress. Any losses in the Company will be borne solely by investors in the Company and not by the Adviser or any of its respective affiliates (except to the extent they invest capital in the Company, in which case they, with respect to such capital invested, will bear their pro rata portion of such loss).

No Market for Units

. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, Units are not generally transferable and voluntary withdrawal of Units is not allowed. A Unitholder is not expected to be able to sell, assign or transfer its Units. In addition, transfers of Units may be affected by restrictions on resales imposed by federal and state securities laws. The Units are not registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws and may not be transferred unless registered under applicable federal and state securities laws or unless an exemption from such laws is available. The Company has no plans, and is under no obligation, to register the Units under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. No market exists for the Units, and none is expected to develop. Therefore, an investment in the Company must be considered illiquid and must only be made by persons that are able to bear the risk of their investment in the Company for an indefinite period of time.

40

Management Risk and Reliance on Management

. The Company is subject to management risk because the Adviser actively manages its investment portfolio. The Adviser will apply investment and disposition techniques and risk analyses in making investment and disposition decisions for the Company, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. In addition, as Unitholders may not participate in the management of the Company, only investors who are willing to entrust all aspects of the management of the Company to the Adviser should subscribe for Units.

The success of the Company is highly dependent on the financial and managerial experience of the Adviser and any consultants or other Service Providers retained by the Company. The success of the Adviser is highly dependent on the financial and managerial experience of the investment professionals, who may not continue to be employed by or associated with the Adviser during the entire term of the Company. In addition, a number of members of the professional staff of the Adviser are investors in other investment vehicles advised by SLR and are actively involved in managing the investment decisions of these investment vehicles, as well as investment decisions of other clients of SLR. Accordingly, the members of the professional staff of the Adviser have demands on their time for the investment, monitoring and other functions of other funds and other clients advised by SLR. In addition, competition in the financial services, private equity and alternative asset management industries for qualified investment professionals is intense. The Adviser’s continued ability to effectively manage the Company’s investments depends on its ability to attract new investment professionals and to retain and motivate its existing investment professionals.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the Company’s term, the Adviser may assign the full and exclusive authority and responsibility granted to it under the Investment Management Agreement to an investment adviser under common control with the Adviser, subject to applicable law. The Adviser may take any actions that are necessary or incidental to any such assignment, including assigning the Investment Management Agreement or causing the Company to enter into a new Investment Management Agreement. Although it is expected that (x) any new investment adviser would be a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, (y) the management fee and incentive fee payable by the Company to such entities would be identical to that payable to the Adviser and (z) certain investment professionals would continue to be responsible for managing the Company’s assets, there is no guarantee that any or all of such characteristics will apply to any such new investment adviser.

The Investment Committee

may delegate non-investment decisions (including

decisions relating to cash management and

similar non-material transactions

(which shall not be considered “investments” for these purposes), diligence decisions, decisions relating to transactions

involving material non-public information and

decisions relating to the engagement of consultants, law firms and other Service Providers) to other investment professionals in their sole discretion. Any decisions made by such subset or other investment professionals may be materially different and/or less optimal than decisions that would have been made by the Investment Committee.

Referral Relationships with Financial Sponsors

. The Adviser expects that the professional staff of the Adviser will maintain and develop their relationships with financial sponsors, including venture capital sponsors, and the Company will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide the Company with potential investment opportunities. If the professional staff of the Adviser fail to maintain their existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, the Company will not be able to grow its investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the professional staff of the Adviser have relationships are not obligated to provide the Company with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for the Company. If the Adviser is unable to source investment opportunities, the Company may hold a greater percentage of its assets in cash and cash equivalents than anticipated, which could impact potential returns on the Company’s portfolio.

Recourse to the Company’s Assets

. The Company’s assets, including any Portfolio Investments made by the Company and any capital held by the Company, are available to satisfy all liabilities and other obligations of the Company. In addition, the Company may pledge its right to call capital from Unitholders. If the Company becomes subject to a liability, parties seeking to have the liability satisfied may have recourse to the Company’s assets generally and may not be limited to any particular asset, such as the Portfolio Investment giving rise to the liability. To the extent the Company chooses to use special-purpose entities for individual transactions to reduce recourse risk (and it may, but will be under no obligation to do so), the

 bona fides

 of such entities may be subject to later challenge based on a number of theories, including veil piercing or substantive consolidation.

Unspecified Use of Proceeds

. The proceeds from the issuance of the Units are intended to be invested in Portfolio Investments. Unitholders will not have an opportunity to evaluate for themselves the relevant economic, financial and other information regarding the investments in which the proceeds from the issuance of the Units will be invested and, accordingly, are dependent upon the judgment and ability of the Adviser in investing and managing the capital of the Company.

41

Identification of Potential Investment Opportunities

. There is no assurance that the Adviser’s analysis in this regard, as implemented, will take into consideration all appropriate factors or appropriately weigh the factors that are considered in its analysis, especially given the heightened difficulty of the analysis required to evaluate certain Portfolio Investments. In particular, catalysts and/or exit strategies that initially appear to be viable may be precluded over time due to economic, legal, political or other factors. In addition, because the successful implementation of the Company’s investment strategy depends, in part, on its ability to successfully predict and take advantage of changing market conditions, to the extent it is unable to do so, returns may be adversely affected. These considerations are particularly relevant in light of the current uncertain economic and regulatory environment. See “—

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company

” below.

Competition; Potential for Insufficient Investment Opportunities

. The business of identifying and effecting investments of the types contemplated by the Adviser is competitive and there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be able to identify and obtain a sufficient number of investment opportunities to invest the full amount of capital that may be committed to the Company. Increased competition for, or a diminishment in the available supply of, potential Portfolio Investments could result in lower returns on such Portfolio Investments. The Company may engage in auction or similar bidding processes with respect to certain Portfolio Investments, which processes are often highly competitive and may involve numerous other bidders about which the Company possesses limited or no information; as a result, the foregoing considerations will be applicable with respect to any such processes.

Insufficient Capital for

 Follow-On

 Investments

. Following its initial investment in a Portfolio Investment, the Company may have the opportunity to increase its investment in such Portfolio Investment. There is no assurance that the Company

will make follow-on investments or

that the Company will have sufficient resources to, or be permitted to, make such investments. Any decision not

to make follow-on investments or

the Company’s inability to make them may have a substantial negative impact on the company in need of such an investment, may result in missed opportunities for the Company or may result in dilution of the Company’s investment.

Concentration of Portfolio Investments

. The Company may participate in a limited number of Portfolio Investments and, as a consequence, the aggregate return of the Company may be substantially adversely affected by the unfavorable performance of any single investment. The Company has a broad and flexible investment mandate, and, beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with the Company’s intention to comply with the requirements to qualify as a RIC for U.S. tax purposes, and except as noted above, the Company is not subject to any limits or proportions with respect to the mix of permitted Portfolio Investments. As a result, the Company’s Portfolio Investments could potentially be concentrated in relatively few strategies, issuers, industries, markets, geographies or investment

types. Such non-diversification would make

the Company more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a more diversified portfolio might be. The Company could be subject to significant losses if it holds a relatively large position in a single strategy, issuer, industry, market, geographic region or a particular type of Portfolio Investment that declines in value, and the losses could increase even further if the Portfolio Investments cannot be liquidated without adverse market reaction or are otherwise adversely affected by changes in market conditions or circumstances.

Third-Party Involvement

. The Company may hold a portion of its investments through partnerships, joint ventures, securitization vehicles or other entities with third-party investors (collectively, “joint ventures”). Joint venture investments involve various risks, including the risk that the Company will not be able to implement investment decisions or exit strategies because of limitations on the Company’s control under applicable agreements with joint venture partners, the risk that a joint venture partner may become bankrupt or may at any time have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the Company, the risk that a joint venture partner may be in a position to take action contrary to the Company’s objectives, the risk of liability based upon the actions of a joint venture partner and the risk of disputes or litigation with such partner and the inability to enforce fully all rights (or the incurrence of additional risk in connection with enforcement of rights) one partner may have against the other, including in connection with foreclosure on partner loans, because of risks arising under state law. In addition, the Company may be liable for actions of its joint venture partners.

Leveraged Companies

. The Company will invest in Portfolio Investments whose capital structures have significant leverage. Such Portfolio Investments are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues and asset values and to increases in expenses and interest rates. The leveraged capital structure of such Portfolio Investments will increase the exposure of the Portfolio Investments to adverse economic factors such as downturns in the economy or deterioration in the condition of the Portfolio Investment, its underlying assets or its industry. Additionally, the securities acquired by the Company may be the most junior securities in what may be a complex capital structure, and thus subject to the greatest risk of loss.

Portfolio Turnover

. The Company will not place any limit on the rate of portfolio turnover, and Portfolio Investments may be sold or otherwise disposed of without regard to the time they have been held when, in the judgment of the Adviser, investment considerations warrant such action. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater expenses than a lower rate, may act to reduce the Company’s investment gains or create a loss for investors and may result in significant tax costs for investors depending on the tax provisions applicable to such investors.

42

No Assurance of Cash Distributions

. Subject to the Board’s discretion and applicable legal restrictions, the Company expects to declare and pay distributions quarterly. The Company expects to pay these distributions out of assets legally available for distribution. However, there are no assurances that the Company will achieveinvestment results that will allow a targeted levelof cash

distributions or year-to-year increases in

cash distributions. All distributions that are made will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status and other factors as the Board may deem to be relevant. The Company’s ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this annual report. If the Company violates certain covenants under its existing or future credit facilities or other leverage, the Company may be limited in its ability to make distributions. To the extent the Company makes distributions to Unitholders that include a return of capital, such portion of the distribution essentially constitutes a return of the Unitholder’s investment. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to a BDC may limit the Company’s ability to pay distributions. There can be no assurances that the Company will pay distributions to Unitholders in the future.

In certain cases, the Company may recognize income before or without receiving the accompanying cash. Depending on the amount of noncash income, this could result in difficulty satisfying the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs. Accordingly, the Company may have to sell some Portfolio Investments at times it would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investments to meet these distribution requirements.

U.S.

 Dollar Denomination of Units

. Units are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Investors subscribing for Units in any country in which U.S. Dollars are not the local currency should note that changes in the rate of exchange between U.S. Dollars and such currency may have an adverse effect on the value, price or income of the investment to such investor. There may be foreign exchange regulations applicable to

investments in non-U.S. currencies in

certain jurisdictions. Each prospective investor should consult with its own counsel and advisors as to all legal, tax, financial and related matters concerning an investment in the Units.

Forward-Looking Statements

. This annual report contains forward-looking statements, including observations about market and industry and regulatory trends as of the original date of this annual report on

Form 10-K. Those

forward-looking statements reflect the Adviser’s current view in respect of future events. Actual events could differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of factors beyond the Adviser’s or the Company’s control. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements. No party has an obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements in this annual report on

Form 10-K.

Projections

. The Company may rely upon projections, forecasts or estimates developed by the Adviser, the Company or an issuer in which the Company is invested concerning the issuer’s future performance and cash flow. Projections, forecasts and estimates are forward-looking statements, are inherently uncertain and are based upon certain assumptions. Actual events are difficult to predict and beyond the Company’s control. Actual events may differ from those assumed. Some important factors which could cause actual results to differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements include changes in interest rates; domestic and foreign business, market, financial or legal conditions; leverage amounts and costs; and the degree to which the Portfolio Investments are hedged and the effectiveness of such hedges. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that estimated returns or projections can be realized or that actual returns or results will not be materially lower than those estimated therein.

Valuation of Illiquid Assets

. It is expected that the majority of the Company’s investments will be in securities or other financial instruments for which market quotations are not available. The process of valuing securities for which reliable market quotations are not available is based on inherent uncertainties, and the resulting values may differ from values that would have been determined had a ready market existed for such securities, from values placed on such securities by other investors and from prices at which such securities may ultimately be sold. In addition, third-party pricing information may at times not be available regarding certain of theCompany’s assets or, if available, may not be considered reliable. In particular, recent disruptions in the credit markets have resulted in a severe lack of liquidity for many securities, making them more difficult to value and, in many cases, putting significant downward pressure on prices. Subject to approval by the Board, the Adviser will determine the fair value of securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available (or if extraordinary events occur after the last readily available quotation). The Board will (1) periodically assess and manage valuation risks; (2) establish and apply fair value methodologies; (3) test fair value methodologies; (4) oversee and evaluate third-party pricing services, as applicable; (5) oversee the reporting required by Rule

2a-5

under the 1940 Act; and (6) maintain recordkeeping requirements under Rule

2a-5.

There can be no assurance that such valuations will be reliable, accurate or reflective of the prices at which such investments are ultimately realized. In addition, certain of the securities or other assets that the Company seeks to sell or acquire via cross trade may be illiquid and difficult to value, therefore there can be no assurance that such valuation will be accurate.

43

Assets Believed to Be Undervalued or Incorrectly Valued

. Securities that the Adviser believes are fundamentally undervalued or incorrectly valued may not ultimately be valued in the capital markets at prices and/or within the timeframe the Adviser anticipates. As a result, the Company may lose all or substantially all of its investment in any particular instance.

Model Risks

. The Adviser may employ financial/analytical models to aid in the selection of the Portfolio Investments, to allocate investments across various strategies and risks and to determine the risk profile of the Company. If any such models are employed, the success of the Company’s investment activities will depend, in large part, upon the viability of these models. There can be no assurance that the models are currently viable, or will remain viable during the term of the Company, due to various factors, including the quality of the data input into the models and the assumptions underlying such models, which to varying degrees involve the exercise of judgment, as well as the possibility of errors in constructing or of using the model. Even if the models function as anticipated, they cannot account for all factors that may influence the returns on the Portfolio Investments. Also, there can be no assurance that the investment professionals utilizing the models will be able to (i) determine that any model is or will become not viable or not completely viable or (ii) notice, predict or adequately react to any change in the viability of a model. The use of a model that is not viable or not materially viable could, at any time, have a material adverse effect on the performance of the Company.

Regulatory Investigations or Third-Party Litigation

. The Company as well as the Adviser and its affiliates participate in a highly regulated industry and are each subject to regulatory examinations in the ordinary course of business. There can be no assurance that the Company and the Adviser and/or any of its affiliates will avoid regulatory investigation and possible enforcement actions stemming therefrom. The Adviser is a registered investment adviser and, as such, is subject to the provisions of the Advisers Act. The Company and the Adviser are each, from time to time, subject to formal and informal examinations, investigations, inquiries, audits and reviews from numerous regulatory authorities both in response to issues and questions raised in such examinations or investigations and in connection with the changing priorities of the applicable regulatory authorities across the market in general.

The Company’s investment activities may subject it to the risks and costs of becoming involved in litigation with third parties due to, among other reasons, the fact that different investor groups may have qualitatively different, and frequently conflicting, interests with respect to certain Portfolio Investments. The risk of litigation with third parties will be elevated in situations where an issuer is stressed or distressed. See “—

Litigation and Related Risks Associated with Origination and Servicing

” above. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments, or bringing claims against third parties, would generally be borne by the Company and would reduce net assets. In addition, the Company’s investment activities may subject it to certain risks inherent in restructuring, bankruptcy and similar proceedings. See “—

Risks Associated with Bankruptcy and Insolvency Cases

” below.

Broad Indemnification

. The Company and/or the Adviser on behalf of the Company may enter into various agreements or arrangements which limit the liability of its Service Providers, including the Adviser and its affiliates, the Administrative Coordinator, the Custodian, and their affiliates, employees, officers and directors, and require the Company to indemnify and/or provide broad representations, warranties and covenants in favor of such persons. U.S. federal and state securities laws impose liabilities under certain circumstances on persons that cannot be waived by contract, other agreements or documents. Therefore, nothing in those agreements should be deemed or construed in a manner that purports to waive or limit any right to the extent prohibited by law.

The Company is required to indemnify the Adviser and its respective affiliates, each of the former, current and future shareholders, partners, members, other equity holders, officers, directors, employees, managers, trustees, agents and other representatives of the Adviser and its respective affiliates, and other persons set forth in the LLC Agreement as an “Indemnitee” for Claims (as defined in the LLC Agreement) that may accrue to or be incurred by an Indemnitee, in connection with any claim, demand, investigation, suit, proceeding or action in which an Indemnitee may become involved, as a party or otherwise, or with which an Indemnitee may be threatened, relating to or arising out of the investments or other activities of the Company, activities undertaken in connection with the Company, or otherwise relating to or arising out of the LLC Agreement or the Subscription Agreement, and otherwise as provided in the LLC Agreement or the Subscription Agreement. Such Claims may be material and have an adverse effect on the returns to the Unitholders. The Company may also provide broad indemnities, representations, warranties and covenants in connection with the acquisition, management and disposition of Portfolio Investments or otherwise in connection with the Company’s investment

program.

44

Any indemnification obligations of the Company would be payable from the assets of the Company, including the unfunded Commitments of the Unitholders, and would adversely affect the Company’s returns.

Adverse Consequences of Default

. A Unitholder in default with respect to its unfunded Commitment may experience material adverse effects on its investment. When a Unitholder defaults, the Board, in its discretion, may cause the defaulting Unitholder to forfeit a portion of the distributions to which the defaulting Unitholder may otherwise have been entitled. The Board may also require a forced sale of the defaulting Unitholder’s Interest. In addition, the Board may pursue any available legal or equitable remedies, with the expenses of collection of the unpaid amount, including attorneys’ fees, to be paid by the defaulting Unitholder.

Upon the default of a Unitholder, the Company may deliver an amended funding notice

to the non-defaulting Unitholders increasing

their capital contributions by up to an aggregate amount equal to the capital contribution that the defaulting Unitholder failed to make, not in excess of a Unitholder’s unfunded Commitment.

The Board may require a defaulting Unitholder to contribute the entirety of its remaining Commitment to the Company. For any such Unitholder, the return on its Company investment may be materially lower than returns to Unitholders who

do not pre-fund their Commitments.

Distributions in Kind

. If distributions are made of assets held by the Company in lieu of cash, the amount of any such distribution will be accounted for at the fair market value of such assets as determined in accordance with procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement. An independent appraisal generally will not be required and is not expected to be obtained. Assets distributed in kind may not be readily marketable or disposable, and Unitholders therefore must be prepared to bear the risks of owning such assets for an indefinite period of time (and to incur costs and expenses in connection with any disposition thereof). In addition, there can be no assurance that the value of such assets as determined in accordance with procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement will ultimately be realized.

Risks Related to the Russian Invasion of Ukraine

. On February 24, 2022, the Russian military commenced a full-scale invasion of Russia’s

pre-positioned

forces into Ukraine, which could have a negative impact on the economy and business activity globally (including in the countries in which the Company invests), and therefore could adversely affect the performance of the Company’s Portfolio Investments. Following such invasion, the United States and several European nations announced sanctions against Russia. Furthermore, the conflict between the two nations and the varying involvement of the United States and other NATO countries could preclude prediction as to their ultimate adverse impact on global economic and market conditions, and, as a result, presents material uncertainty and risk with respect to the Company and the performance of its investments or operations, and the ability of the Company to achieve its investment objectives. Additionally, to the extent that third parties, investors, or related customer bases have material operations or assets in Russia or Ukraine, they may have adverse consequences related to the ongoing conflict.

Risks Related to Electronic Communications/Cybersecurity Risk

. The Company provides to Unitholders statements, reports and other communications relating to the Company and/or the Unitholder’s Interest in electronic form, such as

e-mail

or via a password protected website (“Electronic Communications”). There are certain costs and possible risks associated with the use of Electronic Communications. Electronic Communications may be modified, corrupted, or contain viruses or malicious code, and may not be compatible with a Unitholder’s electronic system. The Company cannot provide any assurance that Electronic Communications are secure and will not be responsible for any computer viruses, problems or malfunctions resulting from the use of Electronic Communications. In addition, reliance on Electronic Communications involves the risk of inaccessibility, power outages or slowdowns for a variety of reasons. These periods of inaccessibility may delay or prevent receipt of reports or other information by the Unitholders.

While the Adviser employs various measures to address cybersecurity-related issues, the Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator, the Company and their respective Service Providers may nevertheless be subject to operational and information security risks resulting from cybersecurity incidents. A cybersecurity incident refers to both intentional and unintentional events that may cause the Adviser, the Company or their respective Service Providers to lose or compromise confidential information, suffer data corruption or lose operational capacity. Cybersecurity incidents include stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other operational disruptions. If unauthorized parties gain access to such information and technology systems, they may be able to steal,publish, delete or modify private and sensitive information, including nonpublic personal information related to Unitholders (and their beneficial owners) and material nonpublic information. The systems the Company has implemented to manage risks relating to these types of events could prove to be inadequate and, if compromised, could become inoperable for extended periods of time, cease to function properly or fail to adequately secure private information. Breaches such as those involving covertly introduced malware, impersonation of authorized users and industrial or other espionage may not be

45

identified even with sophisticated prevention and detection systems, potentially resulting in further harm and preventing them from being addressed appropriately. The failure of these systems or of disaster recovery plans for any reason could cause significant interruptions in the Company’s and the Adviser’s operations and result in a failure to maintain the security, confidentiality or privacy of sensitive data, including personal information relating to Unitholders, material nonpublic information and other sensitive information in the Adviser’s possession.

A disaster or a disruption in the infrastructure that supports the Adviser’s business, including a disruption involving Electronic Communications or other services used by the Adviser or third parties with whom the Adviser conducts business, or directly affecting the Adviser’s headquarters, could have a material adverse impact on the Adviser’s ability to continue to operate its business without interruption. The Adviser’s disaster recovery programs may not be sufficient to mitigate the harm that may result from such a disaster or disruption. In addition, insurance and other safeguards might only partially reimburse the Adviser for its losses, if at all.

In addition, cybersecurity has become a top priority for global lawmakers and regulators around the world, and some jurisdictions have proposed or enacted laws requiring companies to notify regulators and individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data. In particular, state and federal laws and regulations related to cybersecurity compliance continue to evolve and change, which may require substantial investments in new technology, software and personnel, which could affect the Company’s profitability. These changes may also result in enhanced and unforeseen consequences for cyber-related breaches and incidents, which may further adversely affect the Company’s profitability. If the Adviser fails to comply with the relevant and increasing laws and regulations, the Adviser could suffer financial losses, a disruption of its businesses, liability to investors, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

The Company and its Service Providers may be impacted by quarantines and similar measures being enacted by governments in response to the global

COVID-19

pandemic, which are obstructing the regular functioning of business workforces (including requiring employees to work from external locations and their homes). Policies of remote working, whether by the Company or by its Service Providers, could strain technology resources, introduce operational risks and otherwise heighten the risks described above. Remote working environments may be less secure and more susceptible to hacking attacks, including phishing and social engineering attempts.

The Company’s business and the business of its Portfolio Investments rely upon secure information technology systems for data processing, storage and reporting. Despite careful security and controls design, implementation and updating, the Company’s and its Portfolio Investments’ information technology systems could become subject to cyber-attacks. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking”, malicious software coding, social engineering or “phishing” attempts) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. The risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusions, including by computer hackers, nation-state affiliated actors, and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing

denial-of

service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). The Adviser’s employees have been and expect to continue to be the target of fraudulent calls, emails and other forms of potentially malicious or otherwise negatively impacting activities and attempts to gain unauthorized access to confidential, personal or other sensitive information. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen information, investigations, misappropriation of assets, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to the Company’s business relationships, regulatory fines or penalties, or other adverse effects on its business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the Company may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify its protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks related to cyber-attacks.

The Adviser’s and other Service Providers’ increased use of mobile and cloud technologies could heighten the risk of a cyber-attack as well as other operational risks, as certain aspects of the security of such technologies may be complex, unpredictable or beyond their control. The Adviser’s and other Service Providers’ reliance on mobile or cloud technology or any failure by mobile technology and cloud Service Providers to adequately safeguard their systems and prevent cyber-attacks could disrupt their operations and result in misappropriation, corruption or loss of personal, confidential or proprietary information. In addition, there is a risk that encryption and other protective measures against cyber-attacks may be circumvented, particularly to the extent that new computing technologies increase the speed and computing power available. Even the most well-protected information, networks, systems and facilities remain potentially vulnerable because the techniques used in such attempted security breaches evolve and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and in some cases are designed not to be detected and, in fact, may not be detected. Accordingly, the Company and its Service Providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate security barriers or other preventative measures, and thus it is impossible for the

46

Company and its Service Providers to entirely mitigate this risk. Cybersecurity risks require continuous and increasing attention and other resources from the Company to, among other actions, identify and quantify these risks, upgrade and expand its technologies, systems and processes to adequately address such risks. Such attention diverts time and other resources from other activities and there is no assurance that the Company’s efforts will be effective.

Cybersecurity

incidents may adversely impact the Company and its Unitholders. There is no guarantee that the Company, the Adviser, and/or their respective Service Providers will be successful in protecting against cybersecurity incidents.

Technological Innovation Risks

. Technological innovations have disrupted traditional approaches in multiple industries and can permit younger companies to achieve success and in the process disrupt markets and market practices. The Company can provide no assurance that new businesses and approaches will not be created that would compete with the Company and/or its Portfolio Investments or alter the market practices in which the Adviser and its affiliates and the Company have been designed to function within and on which the Company depends on for its investment return. New approaches could damage the Company’s investments, disrupt the market in which it operates and subject it to increased competition, which could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of investments.

Corporate Social Responsibility Risks

. The Company’s business (including that of its Portfolio Investments) faces increasing public scrutiny related to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) activities, which are increasingly considered to contribute to reducing a company’s operational risk, market risk and reputational risk, which may in turn impact the long-term sustainability of a company’s performance. A variety of organizations measure the performance of companies on ESG topics, and the results of these assessments are widely publicized. In addition, investment in funds that specialize in companies that perform well in such assessments are increasingly popular, and major institutional investors have publicly emphasized the importance of such ESG measures to their investment decisions.

The Company risks damage to its brand and reputation if it fails to act responsibly in a number of areas, including, but not limited to, diversity, equity and inclusion, human rights, climate change, environmental stewardship, corporate governance and considering ESG factors in the Company’s investment processes. Adverse incidents with respect to ESG activities could impact the value of the Company’s brand, its relationship with existing and future Portfolio Investments, the cost of the Company’s operations and relationships with investors, all of which could adversely affect its business and results of operations.

However, regional and investor specific sentiment may differ in what constitutes a material positive or negative ESG corporate practice. There is no guarantee that the Company’s corporate social responsibility practices will uniformly fit every investor’s definition of best practices for all environmental, social and governance considerations across geographies and investor types.

There is also a growing regulatory interest across jurisdictions in improving transparency regarding the definition, measurement and disclosure of ESG factors in order to allow investors to validate and better understand sustainability claims. For example, the SEC has proposed, or has announced that it is working on proposals for, rules that, among other matters, would establish a framework for reporting of climate-related risks, corporate and fund carbon emissions, broad diversity and capital management. At this time, there is uncertainty regarding the scope of such proposals or when they would become effective (if at all). In addition, in 2021 the SEC established an enforcement task force to look into ESG practices and disclosures by public companies and investment managers and has started to bring enforcement actions based on ESG disclosures not matching actual investment processes. The Company and its Portfolio Investments are subject to the risk that similar measures might be introduced in other jurisdictions in the future. Additionally, compliance with any new laws or regulations increases the Company’s regulatory burden and could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which the Company or its Portfolio Investments conduct its businesses and adversely affect the Company’s profitability.

Climate Change Risks

. There may be evidence of global climate change. Climate change creates physical and financial risk and some of the Company’s Portfolio Investments may be adversely affected by climate change. For example, the needs of customers of energy companies vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. To the extent weather conditions are affected by climate change, energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of any changes. Increases in the cost of energy could adversely affect the cost of operations of the Company’s Portfolio Investments if the use of energy products or services is material to their business. A decrease in energy use due to weather changes may affect some of the Company’s Portfolio Investments’ financial condition, through decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stresses, including service interruptions. Energy companies could also be affected by the potential for lawsuits against or taxes or other regulatory costs imposed on greenhouse gas emitters, based on links drawn between greenhouse gas emissions and climate change.

47

In December 2015 the United Nations, of which the U.S. is a member, adopted a climate accord with the long-term goal of limiting global warming and the short-term goal of significantly reducing greenhouse gas emissions. As a result, some of the Company’s Portfolio Investments may become subject to new or strengthened regulations or legislation, which could increase their operating costs and/or decrease their revenues.

Risks Related to RICs and BDCs

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

. Although the Company has obtained qualification as a RIC, no assurance can be given that it will be able to maintain qualification as a RIC. To maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must meet

source-of-income,

asset diversification, and distribution requirements on an ongoing basis.

The income source requirement will be satisfied if the Company obtains at least 90% of gross income for each year from dividends, interest, foreign currency, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of Units or other securities, net income from certain “qualified
publicly traded partnerships,” or similar sources.

The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if the Company meets certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of the taxable year. Failure to meet those requirements may result in the Company having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of qualification as a RIC. Because most of the Company’s investments will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses.

The annual distribution requirement will be satisfied if the Company distributes to its Unitholders on an annual basis at least 90% of net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. Because the Company may use debt financing, it is subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict the Company from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement. If the Company is unable to obtain cash from other sources, it could fail to qualify as a RIC.

If the Company fails to qualify as a RIC for any reason and therefore becomes subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of distributions.

Recognizing Income Before or Without Receiving Cash

. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company will include in income certain amounts that the Company has not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of original issue discount (“OID”). This may arise if the Company receives warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through

contracted payment-in-kind (“PIK”)

interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to the Company’s overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before the Company receives any corresponding cash payments. The Company also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that the Company will not currently receive in cash.

Since in certain cases the Company may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, the Company may have difficulty meeting the requirement to timely distribute at least 90% of its net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain its qualification as a RIC. In such a case, the Company may have to sell some of its Portfolio Investments at times the Company would not consider advantageous or raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If the Company is not able to obtain cash from other sources and is otherwise unable to satisfy such distribution requirement, the Company may fail to maintain its qualification as a RIC and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.

Tax Considerations Regarding Dividends for Private BDCs

. The Company does not currently qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code. Accordingly, U.S. individual and other noncorporate Unitholders will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some of the Company’s expenses. A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose Units are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market, or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. The Company anticipates that it will not qualify as a publicly offered RIC for the 2022 tax year, and cannot determine when it will qualify as a publicly offered RIC. Since the Company is not a publicly offered RIC, a

non-corporate

Unitholder’s allocable portion of the Company’s affected expenses, including a portion of its management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the Unitholders. A

non-corporate

Unitholder’s allocable portion of these expenses are treated as miscellaneous itemized deductions that are not currently deductible by such Unitholder (and beginning in 2026, will be deductible by such Unitholder for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes but not for alternative minimum tax purposes only to the extent they exceed 2% of such Unitholder’s adjusted gross income).

48

Potential Dividend Deferrals

. In order to maintain its tax status as a RIC, the Company must distribute to Unitholders for each taxable year at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (i.e., net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses). If the Company qualifies for taxation as a RIC, it generally will not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income and net capital gains (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) that it timely distributes to Unitholders. The Company will be subject to a 4% U.S. federal excise tax on undistributed earnings of a RIC unless it distributes each calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98.0% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of capital losses for the

one-year

period ending on October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which it paid no U.S. federal income tax.

Under the Code, the Company may pay certain RIC dividends after the end of the current year. In particular, if the Company pays a distribution in January of the following year that was declared in October, November, or December of the current year and is payable to Unitholders of record in the current year, the dividend will be treated for all U.S. federal income tax purposes as if it were paid on December 31 of the current year. In addition, under the Code, the Company may pay dividends, referred to as “spillover dividends,” that are paid during the following taxable year that will allow the Company to maintain its qualification for taxation as a RIC and eliminate its liability for corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. Under these spillover dividend procedures, the Company may defer distributions of income earned during the current year until December of the following year. For example, the Company may defer distributions of income earned during 2023 until as late as December 31, 2024. If the Company chooses to pay a spillover dividend, it will incur the 4% U.S. federal excise tax on some or all of the distribution.

Due to events such as the

COVID-19

pandemic, the Russian invasion of Ukraine or other disruptions in the economy, such as the current inflationary environment, the Company may take certain actions with respect to the timing and amounts of its distributions in order to preserve cash and maintain flexibility. For example, the Company may reduce and/or defer dividends to the following year as discussed above. To further preserve cash, the Company may combine these deferrals of dividends with one or more distributions that are payable partially in Units as discussed below under “

In-Kind

Dividend Considerations

.”

In-Kind

 Dividend Considerations

. The Company may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in Units. In accordance with certain applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and published IRS guidance, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own shares as fulfilling the RIC distribution requirements if each Unitholder may elect to receive the entire distribution in either cash or shares of the RIC. The IRS has published a revenue procedure indicating that, in the case of publicly offered RICs, this rule will apply where the total amount of cash to be distributed is not less than 20% of the total distribution. Under this revenue procedure, if too many Unitholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for distribution must be allocated among the Unitholders electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in Units). Because the Company is not currently a publicly offered RIC, its ability to rely on the revenue procedure and other guidance is uncertain. If the Company elects to pay a distribution in its own Units consistent with the revenue procedure and other guidance, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in Units will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of Units. Taxable Unitholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the amount of the dividends as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly reported as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a Unitholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received, and, the Company may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to dividends payable in Units to

non-U.S.

Unitholders.

Changes in Tax Law

. Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on the Company. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. New legislation and any other tax law developments including new or revised U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions, could negatively and perhaps retroactively affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the Company and its Unitholders, or could have other adverse consequences. Investors are urged to consult with their tax advisor regarding tax legislative, regulatory, or administrative developments and proposals and their potential effect on an investment in the Company.

Permissible Incurred Leverage

. Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments and on invested equity capital. As the Company uses leverage to partially finance its investments, Unitholders will experience increased risks of investing in the Company’s securities. If the value of the Company’s assets increases, then leveraging would cause the NAV attributable to the Company’s Units to increase more sharply than it would have had the Company not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of the Company’s assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had the Company not leveraged its business. Similarly, any increase in the Company’s income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in the Company’s income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had the Company not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends on Units, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.

49

Distribution and Asset Coverage Ratio Requirements

. In order to satisfy the requirements applicable to RICs and to avoid payment of excise taxes, the Company intends to distribute to Unitholders substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gain net income except for certain net capital gains, which it intends to retain and to elect to treat as deemed distributions to Unitholders. The Company may issue debt securities, other evidences of indebtedness or preferred Units, and may borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which are referred to collectively herein as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act permits the Company to issue senior securities in amounts such that its asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after each issuance of senior securities. The Company’s ability to pay dividends or issue additional senior securities would be restricted if the asset coverage ratio were not at least 150%. If the value of the Company’s assets declines, the Company may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, the Company may be required to liquidate a portion of its investments and repay a portion of its indebtedness at a time when such sales or repayment may be disadvantageous. As a result of issuing senior securities, the Company will also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If the Company issues preferred Units, such preferred Units will rank “senior” to common Units in the Company’s capital structure, preferred Unitholders will have separate voting rights for certain purposes and may have rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of the Company’s common Units and the issuance of preferred Units could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for Unitholders or otherwise be in the best interest of Unitholders.

To the extent the Company is constrained in its ability to issue debt or other senior securities, it will depend on issuances of capital interests to finance operations. As a BDC, the Company is generally not able to issue Units at a price below NAV without first obtaining required approvals of Unitholders and independent directors in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 63(2) of the 1940 Act. If the Company raises additional funds by issuing more common Units or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, common Units, the percentage ownership of Unitholders at that time would decrease and Unitholders may experience dilution. In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, the Company could, in the future, securitize loans to generate cash for funding new investments. An inability to successfully securitize its loan portfolio could limit the Company’s ability to grow its business, fully execute its business strategy and improve profitability.

Unrealized Depreciation

. As a BDC, the Company is required to carry investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board. Decreases in the market values or fair values of investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in the Company’s loan portfolio could be an indication of a Portfolio Investment’s inability to meet its repayment obligations with respect to the loans whose market values or fair values decreased. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of income available for distribution in future periods.

Qualifying Asset Requirements

. As a BDC, the Company may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of such acquisition, at least 70% of its total assets are qualifying assets. Therefore, the Company may be precluded from investing in what it believes are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. Similarly, these rules could prevent the Company from making additional investments in existing Portfolio Investments, which could result in the dilution of its position, or could require disposal of investments at an inopportune time to comply with the 1940 Act. If the Company were forced to sell

non-qualifying

investments for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sale could be significantly less than the current value of such investments. Conversely, if the Company failed to invest a sufficient portion of assets in qualifying assets, it could lose status as a BDC, which would subject the Company to substantially more regulatory restrictions and significantly decrease operating flexibility.

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company

Exemptive Relief

. The Company and the other BDCs for which SLR is the investment adviser (SLR Investment Corp. (Nasdaq: SLRC) (“SLRC”), SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC (“PCI BDC”) and SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC (“PC BDC,” and, together with SLRC and PCI BDC, the “SLR BDCs”) are substantially limited in their ability

to co-invest in

privately negotiated transactions with affiliated funds other than as permitted by the Order. While the Order permits the Company to participate in

negotiated co-investment transactions

with the SLR BDCs and other affiliated funds, such participation is subject to numerous conditions. If the Company and the SLR BDCs are unable to comply with these conditions or are otherwise unable to rely on the Order for a particular opportunity, such opportunity will be allocated first to the entity whose investment strategy is the most consistent with the opportunity being allocated, and second, if the terms of the opportunity are consistent with more than one entity’s investment strategy, on an alternating basis. Although SLR will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, the Company could be adversely affected to the extent investment opportunities are allocated among the Company and other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by, or affiliated with SLR and its affiliates, including the SLR BDCs, pursuant to the conditions of the Order.

50

Regulatory Risks Relating to the Company

. Legal and regulatory changes could occur during the term of the Company that may adversely affect the Company. The Company may be subject to, and adversely affected by,new federal,

state or non-U.S. laws or

new regulation by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), the Board of Governorsof the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the European Commission and other federal,

state and non-U.S. securities or

banking regulators, and other governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. The Company may also be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by courts and/or these governmental regulatory authorities or self-regulatory organizations. For example, a recent court decision casts doubt on whether federal or state usury laws apply with respect to loans originated by national banks and then

sold to non-bank investors such

as the Company; this decision could significantly disrupt the bank loan secondary market and adversely impact the Company’s investment program. In addition, the approach taken by a federal court in the “Sun Capital” decision may significantly expand the scope of potential joint and several liability for pension obligations of portfolio companies commonly held by affiliated funds; this decision could create significant uncertainty with respect to such investments and adversely impact the Company. Moreover, legal and regulatory changes may adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain financing by (among other things) reducing the availability of financing and/or adversely impacting financing costs and other terms.

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation. Banking regulators have broad and largely discretionary powers, which include prohibiting “unsafe or unsound” practices; requiring affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice; issuing administrative orders that can be judicially enforced; directing increases in capital; directing the sale of subsidiaries or other assets; limiting dividends and distributions; restricting growth; assessing civil monetary penalties; removing officers and directors; and terminating deposit insurance. These actions and other regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on an investment in the Company. The financial institutions in which the Company will invest and with which the Company will transact are subject to laws, regulations, administrative actions and policies in each location in which they operate. The regulatory environment for private investment funds is evolving, and changes in the regulation or taxation of private investment funds may adversely affect the value of the investments held by the Company and the ability of the Company to execute its investment strategy.

In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The SEC and other

U.S. and non-U.S. regulators, self-regulatory

organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. The regulation of derivatives transactions and funds that engage in such transactions is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by government and judicial action. The effect of any future regulatory change on the Company could be substantial and adverse.

Risks Related to Changes in Regulatory Policy

. The U.S. government has recently called for significant changes to U.S. trade, healthcare, immigration, foreign and government regulatory policy. In this regard, there is significant uncertainty with respect to legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal level, as well as the state and local levels. Recent events have created a climate of heightened uncertainty and introduced

new and difficult-to-quantify macroeconomic and

political risks

with potentially far-reaching implications. There

has been a corresponding meaningful increase in the uncertainty surrounding interest rates, inflation, foreign exchange rates, trade volumes and fiscal and monetary policy. To the extent the U.S. Congress or the current administration implements changes to U.S. policy, those changes may impact, among other things, the U.S. and global economy, international trade and relations, unemployment, immigration, corporate taxes, healthcare, the U.S. regulatory environment, inflation and other areas.

Financial Services and Government Intervention

. From time to time, certain governments and regulatory authorities, such as the U.S. federal government, the U.S. Federal Reserve and the governments and regulatory authorities of certain member countries of the EU, have taken actions to provide or arrange credit support to financial institutions whose operations have been compromised by credit market dislocations and to restore liquidity and stability to the financial system in such jurisdictions. The implementation of any current or future governmental interventions (which may be significantly altered or terminated prior to implementation or during their terms), and their impact on both the credit markets generally and the Company’s investment program in particular, are uncertain.

U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

. In response to the recent disruption in the credit markets and the global economic downturn, various agencies and regulatory bodies of the U.S. federal government have taken or are considering taking various actions. These actions include, but are not limited to, the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, and which imposes a new regulatory framework over the U.S. financial

services industry, non-U.S. financial entities

that are regulated by or

51

affiliated with entities regulated by U.S. financial regulators, and the consumer credit markets in general, and proposed and final regulations adopted thereunder, as well as proposed and final regulations to implement the Basel III regulatory capital accords. Given the broad scope and sweeping nature of these changes and the fact that certain final implementing rules and regulations have not yet been adopted or implemented, the potential impact of these actions on the Adviser and the Company is unknown, and no assurance can be made that the impact of such changes would not have a material adverse effect on the Adviser or the Company. For example, the U.S. Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”) created by the Dodd-Frank Act has the authority to designate asset management firms as a “systemically important financial institution” (“SIFI”). If the Adviser, or one of its affiliates, were designated as a SIFI, it would be subject to a variety of regulations, including capital requirements and limitations on leverage, which could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to pursue its investment strategy. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new regulator for the credit industry in the U.S. known as the U.S. Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). The CFPB may, among other things, regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures and regulate foreclosure practices. Future regulatory actions authorized by the Dodd-Frank Act (including any regulatory actions or other measures taken by the FSOC and/or the CFPB) may significantly reduce the profitability of the Company and its Portfolio Investments.

Changes to Derivatives Regulation

. Through comprehensive new global regulatory regimes impacting derivatives (

e.g.

, the Dodd-Frank Act, European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”), Markets in Financial Investments Regulation (“MIFIR”)/Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MIFID

II”)), certain over-the-counter derivatives transactions

in which the Company may engage are either now or will soon be subject to various requirements, such as mandatory central clearing of transactions which include additional margin requirements and in certain cases trading on

electronic platforms, pre-and post-trade transparency

reporting requirements

and mandatory bi-lateral exchange of

initial

margin for non-cleared swaps. The

Dodd-Frank Act also created new categories of regulated market participants, such as “swap dealers,” “security-based swap dealers,” “major swap participants,” and “major security-based swap participants” who are subject to significant new capital, registration, recordkeeping, reporting, disclosure, business conduct and other regulatory requirements. The EU and some other jurisdictions are implementing similar requirements. Because these requirements are new and evolving (and some of the rules are not yet final), their ultimate impact remains unclear. However, even if the Company itself is not located in a particular jurisdiction or directly subject to the jurisdiction’s derivatives regulations, the Company may still be impacted to the extent the Company enters into a derivatives transaction with a regulated market participant or counterparty that is organized in that jurisdiction or otherwise subject to that jurisdiction’s derivatives regulations.

Based on information available as of the date of this annual report on

Form 10-K, the

effect of such requirements will be likely to (directly or indirectly) increase the Company’s overall costs of entering into derivatives transactions. In particular, new margin requirements, position limits and significantly higher capital charges resulting from new global capital regulations, even if not directly applicable to the Company, may cause an increase in the pricing of derivatives transactions entered into by market participants to whom such requirements apply or affect the overall ability of the Company to enter into derivatives transactions with certain counterparties. Such new global capital regulations and the need to satisfy the various requirements by counterparties are resulting in increased funding costs, increased overall transaction costs, and significantly affecting balance sheets, thereby resulting in changes to financing terms and potentially impacting the Company’s ability to obtain financing. Administrative costs, due to new requirements such as registration, recordkeeping, reporting, and compliance, even if not directly applicable to the Company, may also be reflected in the Company’s derivatives transactions. New requirements to trade certain derivatives transactions on electronic trading platforms and trade reporting requirements may lead to (among other things) fragmentation of the markets, higher transaction costs or reduced availability of derivatives, and/or a reduced ability to hedge, all of which could adversely affect the performance of certain of the Company’s investing strategies. In addition, changes to derivatives regulations may impact the tax and/or accounting treatment of certain derivatives, which could adversely impact the Company.

In November 2020, the SEC adopted new rules regarding the ability of a BDC (or a registered investment company) to use derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations. BDCs that use derivatives will be subject to

a value-at-risk leverage

limit, certain other derivatives risk management program and testing requirements and requirements related to board reporting. These new requirements would apply unless the BDC qualified as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the adopted rules. A BDC that enters into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions would need to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions could either (i) comply with the asset coverage requirements of Section 18 of the 1940 Act when engaging in reverse repurchase agreements or (ii) choose to treat such agreements as derivative transactions under the adopted rules. Under the adopted rules, a BDC may enter into an unfunded commitment agreement that is not a derivatives transaction, such as an agreement to provide financing to a Portfolio Investment, if the BDC has a reasonable belief, at the time it enters into such an agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements, in each case as it becomes due. If the BDC cannot meet this test, it is required to treat unfunded commitments as a derivatives transaction subject to the requirements of the rule. Collectively, these requirements may limit the Company’s ability to use derivatives and/or enter into certain other financial contracts.

52

Uncertainty of the U.S. Political Climate

. The current administration has called for significant changes to U.S. trade, healthcare, immigration, foreign and government regulatory policy. In this regard, there is significant uncertainty with respect to legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal level, as well as the state and local levels. Recent events have created a climate of heightened uncertainty and introduced new and

difficult-to-quantify

macroeconomic and political risks

with potentially

far-reaching

implications. There has been a corresponding meaningful increase in the uncertainty surrounding interest rates, inflation, foreign exchange rates, trade volumes and fiscal and monetary policy. To the extent the U.S. Congress or the current administration implements changes to U.S. policy, those changes may impact, among other things, the U.S. and global economy, international trade and relations, unemployment, immigration, corporate taxes, healthcare, the U.S. regulatory environment, inflation and other areas. Although the Company cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to its business, they could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Until the Company knows what policy changes are made and how those changes impact its business and the business of the Company’s competitors over the long term, the Company will not know if, overall, it will benefit from them or be negatively affected by them.

“

Bad Actor” Restrictions for Private Placements Conducted Under Rule 506 of Regulation D

. An issuer is precluded from conducting offerings that rely on the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Rule 506 Offerings”) if a “covered person” of the issuer has been the subject of a “disqualifying event” (each as defined below). “Covered persons” include, among others, the issuer, affiliated issuers, any investment manager or solicitor of the issuer, any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of the issuer, any general partner or managing member of the foregoing entities, any promoter of the issuer and any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the issuer’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power. A “disqualifying event” includes, among other things, certain (a) criminal convictions and court injunctions and restraining orders issued in connection with the purchase or sale of a security or false filings with the SEC, (b) final orders from the CFTC, U.S. Federal banking agencies and certain other regulators that bar a person from associating with a regulated entity or engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking or that are based on certain fraudulent conduct, (c) SEC disciplinary orders relating to investment advisers, brokers, dealers and their associated persons,

(d) SEC cease-and-desist orders

relating to violations of certain anti-fraud provisions and registration requirements of the U.S. federal securities laws, (e) suspensions or expulsions from membership in a self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) or from association with an SRO member, and (f) U.S. Postal Service false representation orders.

A disqualification will occur only in the case of a disqualifying event of a covered person that occurs on or after September 23, 2013, although issuers must disclose to potential investors in a Rule 506 Offering disqualifying events of covered persons that occurred before September 23, 2013. The rule provides an exception from disqualification if the issuer can show that it did not know and, in the exercise of reasonable care could not have known, that the issuer or any other covered person had a disqualifying event, although an issuer will not be able to establish that it has exercised reasonable care unless it has made, in light of the circumstances, factual inquiry into whether any disqualifications exist.

The Adviser has made, and on a periodic basis will continue to make, inquiries into whether any persons that the Adviser has determined to be affiliated issuers have been subject to any disqualifying events; however, in some circumstances the Adviser’s ability to determine whether the Company would be disqualified from relying on Rule 506 may depend on cooperation of third parties over whom the Company may have limited control and influence.

If any of the Adviser’s covered persons, including any affiliated issuer of the Company, is subject to a disqualifying event, the Company could lose the ability to raise capital in a future Rule 506 offering for a significant period of time and the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Changes to Accounting Standards

. The Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Codification Standards and updates, and additional provisions of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) (or to the extent applicable, International Financial Reporting Standards or other applicable accounting or financial reporting standards), that may be adopted in the future may impose additional, or different, specific requirements as to the valuation of assets and liabilities for purposes of U.S. GAAP-compliant financial reporting.

Licensing Requirements

. Various licensing requirements could apply to the Company or the Adviser with respect to investments in, or the origination, holding, servicing and disposing of, loans and similar assets. The licensing requirements could apply depending on the location of the borrower, the location of the collateral securing the loan, or the location where the Company or the Adviser operates or has offices. Moreover, the Company’s ability to invest in certain properties, participate in the secondary mortgage market, obtain financing for investments, lease properties to tenants and/or engage in lending, advisory, servicing and/or broker activities may be subject to the issuance of permits or licenses. If the Company applies for

53

such licenses, this process may be costly and take several months. There is no assurance that the Company will obtain all of the licenses that it desires or that the Company would not experience significant delays in seeking these licenses. In states and other jurisdictions in which it is licensed, the Company or the Adviser is required to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including possible information requirements, consumer protection and anti-fraud laws, which could impose restrictions on the Company’s or the Adviser’s ability to take certain actions to protect the value of its investments in such assets and impose compliance costs. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could lead to, among other penalties, a loss of the Company’s or the Adviser’s license, which in turn could restrict the Company’s investment options or require the Company to divest assets located in or secured by real property located in that jurisdiction. These risks also apply to issuers and entities in which the Company invests that hold similar assets, as well as any origination company or servicer in which the Company owns an interest.

Reporting Company Filing Requirements

. As a BDC, the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on systems and resources. The 1934 Act requires that the Company file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that the Company maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which are discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight are required. The Company has implemented procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to reporting companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The Company incurs significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to the Administrative Coordinator to compensate them for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further once the Company ceases to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as the Company remains an emerging growth company, it intends to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following any future IPO (however, the Company does not anticipate engaging in an IPO of its Units), although if the market value of the Units that are

held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million

as of any June 30 before that time, the Company would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

Additionally, because the Units are registered under the 1934 Act, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of the Units will have to be disclosed in a Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, Unitholders who choose to reinvest their dividends may see their percentage stake in the Company increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Each Unitholder is responsible for determining their filing obligations and preparing the filings. In addition, Unitholders who hold more than 10% of a class of Units may be subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, which recaptures for the benefit of the Company profits from the purchase and sale of registered Units

within a six-month period.

Documentation of Internal Controls

. The Company is obligated to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”). The Company is not required to comply with all of the requirements under Section 404 until the date it is no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that they will eventually be required to meet. Specifically, the Company is required to conduct annual management assessments of the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting. However, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting until the date it is no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls, or fraud. Even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If the Company fails to maintain the adequacy of its internal controls, including any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or if the Company experiences difficulties in their implementation, the Company’s business and operating results could be harmed and it could fail to meet its financial reporting

obligations.

54

Other Risks Related to Portfolio Investments

High Yield Debt and Unrated Securities

. High yield securities are typically junior to the obligations of companies to senior creditors, trade creditors and employees. High yield securities and unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment-grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, such as the current economic period,

for example, could cause a decline in the prices of high yield securities and unrated securities, because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. In addition, such securities have historically experienced greater default rates than investment grade securities. The ability of holders of high yield debt to influence a company’s affairs will be substantially less than that of senior creditors, especially during periods of financial distress or following insolvency.

As with other Portfolio Investments, there may not be a liquid market for certain high yield debt which is held by the Company, which could result in the Company being unable to sell such securities for an extended period of time, if at all. In addition, as with other types of Portfolio Investments, the market for high yield debt has historically been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of such securities. Consolidation in the financial services industry has resulted in there being fewer market makers for high yield debt, which may result in further risk of illiquidity and volatility with respect to high yield debt held by the Company, and this trend may continue in the future. Furthermore, high yield debt which is held by the Company may not be registered under the Securities Act, and, unless so registered, the Company is not able to sell such high yield debt except pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and may also involve the risk that the Adviser may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating.

Analysis of creditworthiness of issuers of high yield and unrated securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality fixed income securities. Since it is expected that most of the Company’s assets will not be rated by any rating agency or will be rated below investment grade, the Company is more dependent on the Adviser’s creditworthiness analysis than if the Company invested exclusively in higher-quality and rated securities. Securities rated below investment grade are often referred to as “leveraged loans,” “high yield” or “junk” securities, and may be considered “high risk” compared to debt instruments that are rated investment grade. See “—

General Credit Risk

” above.

Equity-Related Securities

. As with other Portfolio Investments, the value of equity or equity-related securities held by the Company may be adversely affected by actual or perceived negative events relating to the issuer of such securities, the industry or geographic areas in which such issuer operates or the financial markets generally. However, equity securities may be even more susceptible to such events given their subordinate position in the issuer’s capital structure. As such, equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed income securities, and the market price of equity securities owned by the Company is more susceptible to moving up or down in a rapid or unpredictable manner. In addition, equity securities often lose a significant amount of their value and may become worthless as a result of a bankruptcy proceeding or reorganization.

Convertible Securities Risk

. Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend

yields than non-convertible debt securities

of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, a convertible security’s market value tends to reflect the market price of the common stock of the issuing company when that stock price approaches or is greater than the convertible security’s “conversion price.” The conversion price is defined as the predetermined price at which the convertible security could be exchanged for the associated stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the price of the convertible security tends to be influenced more by the yield of the convertible security. Thus, it may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Generally, in the event of a liquidation of the issuing company, holders of convertible securities would be paid before the company’s common stockholders but after holders of any senior debt obligations of the company. Consequently, the issuer’s convertible securities generally entail less risk than its common stock but more risk than its debt obligations. There is also a risk that, under certain circumstances, a bankruptcy court may order that convertible securities are treated as equity.

The Company may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security,

 i.e.

, an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”). The income-producing component is achieved by investing in

non-convertible,

income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by purchasing warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. The values of synthetic convertible securities will respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security because a synthetic convertible is composed of two or more separate securities or instruments, each with its own market value. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives. In addition, if the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible element falls below the strike price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.

55

Preferred Securities Risk

. In addition to credit risk, investment in preferred stocks involves certain other risks. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip or defer distributions. If the Company owns preferred stock that is deferring its distribution, the Company may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax

purposes despite the fact that it is not receiving current income on this position. Preferred stock often is subject to legal provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. In the event of redemption, the Company may not be able to reinvest the proceeds at comparable rates of return. Preferred stock is subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments and, therefore, will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Preferred stock may trade less frequently and in a more limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than many other securities, such as common stocks, corporate debt securities and U.S. government securities.

Forwards and Derivatives Transactions

. The Company may engage in a variety of derivatives transactions. A derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of underlying assets, reference rates or indices. Derivatives may relate to securities, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, inflation rates, commodities and related indices, and include foreign currency contracts, swap contracts, options, forward and futures contracts (including options thereon), repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements

or other over-the-counter contracts. The

Company may use derivatives for many purposes, including as a substitute for direct investment, as a way to adjust its exposure to various securities, markets and currencies without actually having to sell existing investments and/or make new investments, and as a means to hedge other investments and to manage liquidity and excess cash. The Company’s use of derivatives may result in losses, reduce the Company’s return, and/or increase the volatility of the Company (particularly since many derivatives are inherently leveraged), especially in unusual or extreme market conditions.

All derivatives transactions involve risks different from, and potentially greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other more traditional assets, including:

Market Risk

. This is the general risk that the value of a particular investment or transaction will change in a way detrimental to the Company’s interests.

Management Risk

. Derivatives contracts are specialized contracts that require investment techniques and risk analyses with additional levels of complexity associated with the underlying investments. In addition to risks associated with the underlying instruments, counterparty and unsecured risk (among others) need to be computed and tracked in relation to the Company’s overall risk profile.

Documentation Risk

. Many derivatives transactions also have documentation risk. Because

contracts for over-the-counter derivatives transactions

are individually negotiated with specific counterparties, there exists the risk that the parties may interpret contractual terms (

e.g.

, the definition of default) differently than the Company. If that occurs, the cost and unpredictability of the legal proceedings required for the Company to enforce its contractual rights may lead the Company to decide not to pursue its claims against the counterparty. The Company, therefore, assumes the risk that it may be unable to obtain payments the Adviser believes are owed to it under derivatives transactions, or those payments may be delayed or made only after the Company has incurred the costs of litigation. Also, payment amounts calculated in connection with standard industry conventions for resolving contractual issues (

e.g.

, ISDA Protocols and auction processes) may be different than would be realized if a counterparty were required to comply with the literal terms of the derivatives transaction (

e.g.

, physical delivery). There is little case law interpreting the terms of most derivatives or characterizing their tax treatment.

Regulatory Risk

. The derivatives market is subject to various risks related to existing as well as new and evolving regulation both within and outside the U.S. Additional regulation of the derivatives markets may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives. Any such adverse future developments could impair the effectiveness of a Company’s derivatives transactions and cause the Company to lose value. They may also render certain strategies in which the Company might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. See “—

Changes to Derivatives Regulation

” above.

Other Risks

. Derivatives also involve the risk that changes in their value may not correlate perfectly with the assets, rates or indices they are designed to track. Suitable derivatives may not be available in all circumstances. Under the terms of certain contracts governing derivatives transactions, the occurrence of certain events with respect to the Company (such as a decline in the Company’s NAV) may cause the Company’s derivatives transactions to be terminated early, including at an inopportune time or at an unfavorable price.

56

Warrants and Rights

. The Company may purchase or otherwise receive warrants or rights. Warrants and rights generally give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise, a security of the issuer at a stated price. Risks associated with the use of warrants and rights are generally similar to risks associated with the use of options. Unlike most options, however, warrants and rights are issued in specific amounts, and warrants generally have longer terms than options. Warrants and rights are not likely to be as liquid as exchange-traded options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of warrants or rights may limit the Company’s ability to exercise the warrants or rights at such time, or in such quantities, as the Company would otherwise wish.

Risks

Relating to Reference Rates

. Although the Company no longer intends to lend at rates based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), it may acquire loans that continue to use LIBOR. While many LIBOR rates were phased out at the end of 2021, a selection of widely used U.S.-dollar LIBOR rates will continue to be published until June 2023. On July 29, 2021, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, formally recommended replacing U.S.-dollar LIBOR with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. Further, on March 15, 2022, the Consolidation Appropriations Act of 2022, which includes the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (“LIBOR Act”), was signed into law in the U.S. This legislation establishes a uniform benchmark replacement process for financial contracts that mature after June 30, 2023 which do not contain clearly defined or practicable fallback provisions. The legislation also creates a safe harbor that shields lenders from litigation if they choose to utilize a replacement rate recommended by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve. Although the transition process away from LIBOR has become increasingly well-defined (e.g. the LIBOR Act now provides a uniform benchmark replacement for LIBOR-based instruments in the U.S.), the transition process may involve, among other things, increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR and may result in a reduction in the value of certain instruments that the Company may acquire. Further, disruptions related to loans in the marketplace could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Adviser or its affiliates to enter into loans in the future in accordance with the Company’s investment strategy and have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Risks Related to Economic Recessions

. The current macroeconomic environment is characterized by record-high inflation, supply chain challenges, labor shortages, high interest rates, foreign currency exchange volatility, volatility in global capital markets and growing recession risk. The risks associated with the Company’s and the Portfolio Investments’ businesses are more severe during periods of economic slowdown or recession.

Many of the Company’s Portfolio Investments may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay its loans during these periods. The global outbreak of

COVID-19

has disrupted economic markets, and the prolonged economic impact is uncertain. Many manufacturers of goods have seen a downturn in production due to the suspension of business and temporary closure of factories globally in an attempt to curb the continued spread of the virus. As a result of these disruptions, the Company’s

non-performing

assets may increase and the value of its portfolio may decrease during these periods as the Company is required to record the values of its investments. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of the Company’s loans and the value of its equity investments at fair value. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in the Company’s portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase the Company’s funding costs, limit its access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to the Company. These events could prevent the Company from increasing investments and result in its receipt of a reduced level of interest income from the Company’s Portfolio Investments and/or losses or charge offs related to its investments, and, in turn, may adversely affect distributable income and have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

A Portfolio Investment’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by the Company or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of the time when the loans are due and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize the Portfolio Investment’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt that the Company holds. The Company may incur additional expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting Portfolio Investment. In addition, if one of the Company’s Portfolio Investments were to go bankrupt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which the Company actually provided significant managerial assistance to that Portfolio Investment, a bankruptcy court might

re-characterize

its debt holdings and subordinate all or a portion of the Company’s claim to that of other creditors.

These Portfolio Investments may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities and greater number of qualified and experienced managerial and technical personnel. They may need additional financing that they are unable to secure and that the Company is unable or unwilling to provide, or they may be subject to adverse developments unrelated to the technologies they acquire.

57

The Company’s business is directly influenced by the economic cycle, and could be negatively impacted by a downturn in economic activity in the U.S. as well as globally. Fiscal and monetary actions taken by U.S. and

non-U.S.

government and regulatory authorities could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business. To the extent uncertainty regarding the U.S. or global economy, including as a result of the

COVID-19

pandemic and the Russian invasion of Ukraine, negatively

impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates and the decision to end its quantitative easing policy, along with the general policies of the current Presidential administration, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, periods of rising interest rates, such as the current economic period, and/or a return to unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect its business.

Risks Related to Portfolio Investment Monitoring and Involvement

. The Company’s Portfolio Investments will require active monitoring and may, at times, involve participation in business strategy or reorganization proceedings. See “—

Control Positions

” below. The Company’s investment program may from time to time enable it to place representatives on the creditors’ or steering committees and/or the boards of directors of certain companies in which it has invested. While such involvement may enable the Adviser to enhance the value of the Company’s Portfolio Investments, it may also prevent the Company from freely disposing of such Portfolio Investments, while also exposing it to legal claims and adverse publicity (including claims of breach of duty of loyalty, securities claims and other management-related claims). In addition, if the Adviser’s representatives are serving as directors of companies which are in the “zone of insolvency,” such persons may have a fiduciary obligation to the creditors of such entity as well as the shareholders of such entity. The interests of such parties may be adverse to the interests of the Company. These fiduciary obligations may conflict with the Adviser’s obligation to the Company, and the Adviser may cause its representatives to resign from such positions in order to reduce such conflicts. Any involvement by the Adviser’s representatives (including through serving on a board of directors, or permanent or ad hoc creditors’ or steering committees) may also entail a substantial time commitment, which may limit such representatives’ ability to participate in other Company matters and investments.

Risks Associated with Bankruptcy and Insolvency Cases

. If any issuers of securities held by the Company or any counterparties to the derivatives transactions and other transactions entered into by the Company, or any custodians of the Company’s assets or any obligors in connection with Portfolio Investments are involved in bankruptcy proceedings, the Company will be subject to certain risks inherent in bankruptcy proceedings, including the duration, administrative costs and impact of a bankruptcy case on the value of assets administered in bankruptcy or on a company’s value (including that a bankruptcy case may damage or diminish a company’s relationship with its employees, customers and/or suppliers). Many of the events within a bankruptcy or insolvency case are adversarial and often beyond the control of the creditors. While creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions, or to demand that certain actions take place, there can be no assurance that a court would not approve actions or inaction which may be contrary to the interests of the Company.

Generally, the duration of a bankruptcy or insolvency case can only be roughly estimated. The reorganization of a company usually involves the design of a business plan, the development and negotiation of a plan of reorganization, plan approval by creditors and confirmation by the court. This process can involve substantial legal, professional and administrative costs to the company and to the Company; it is subject to unpredictable and lengthy delays; and during the process the company’s competitive position may erode, key management may depart and the company may not be able to invest adequately. In some cases, the company may not be able to reorganize and may be required to liquidate assets. In addition, the debt of companies in financial reorganization may, in some cases, not pay current interest and other charges, may not even accrue interest and other charges during reorganization, may be relieved

of paying pre-payment premiums and

may be adversely affected by an erosion of the issuer’s fundamental value. Further, a debtor seeking to reorganize under U.S. federal bankruptcy law will frequently obtain a “first day” order from the bankruptcy court limiting trading in claims against, and shares of, the debtor in order to maximize the debtor’s ability to utilize net operating losses following a successful reorganization.

During the pendency of a bankruptcy case, an automatic stay will prevent all creditors from taking action against the debtor to foreclose on collateral or otherwise to collect on amounts owed to such creditors. Unless a creditor’s claim in such case is secured by assets having a value in excess of such claim, or the bankruptcy estate is determined to be solvent, no interest will be permitted to accrue and, therefore, a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by the passage of time during which the plan of reorganization of the debtor is being negotiated, approved by the creditors and confirmed by the bankruptcy court.

The priority of perfected liens held by secured creditors as of the commencement of the bankruptcy case is typically recognized in a bankruptcy case, unless avoided. Occasionally, however, a court will

allow a debtor-in-possession financing to

receive liens

that prime pre-existing, valid 

liens.

58

The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy case are frequently high and will generally be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors (other than out of assets or proceeds thereof which are subject to valid and enforceable liens and other security interests) and equity holders. In addition, certain unsecured claims that have priority by law over the claims of certain creditors (for example, claims arising post-petition and certain claims for taxes) may be quite high.

U.S. bankruptcy law permits the classification of “substantially similar” claims in determining the classification of claims in a reorganization for the purpose of voting on a plan of reorganization. Because the standard for classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Company’s influence with respect to a class of securities can be lost by the inflation of the number and the amount of claims in, or other gerrymandering of, the class.

Although a creditor is not typically compelled to release direct claims it may

have against non-debtor third parties,

in certain circumstances a court may compel such release in the context of a plan of reorganization.

Claims in bankruptcy cases are often paid at less than par and, depending on the debtor’s assets and liabilities, there may be no recovery at all for some classes of creditors. The claims of even over-secured secured creditorsare often paid out over time, and may receive debt securities that will trade below par. Initially, only the debtor may file a proposed plan of reorganization. While the U.S. Bankruptcy Code

permits other parties-in-interest to file

proposed plans of reorganization after the debtors’ “exclusive period” to do so ends, bankruptcy courts often extend the debtor’s exclusive period, which effectively permits only the debtor to file a proposed reorganization plan. While creditors can vote on the plan of reorganization, the unanimous consent of all creditor classes is not necessarily required for the bankruptcy court to confirm the plan. Therefore, a plan can, subject to the provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, be “crammed down” on dissenting classes of creditors. Moreover, minority members of a class may be deemed to be members of an accepting class if the requisite majority vote is acquired.

Even if a class of claims is entitled to a recovery in a reorganization or liquidation proceeding, such recovery could be in the form of instruments or interests different from the form of instrument or interest which formed the basis for the claim, including debt securities, equity securities, convertible securities, warrants, options, cash, interests in litigation claims or trusts formed to pursue such litigation claims, interests in liquidation trusts, or other property or interests, any of which could be illiquid and/or difficult to value. Furthermore, the terms of instruments or interests distributed in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding may differ from prevailing market terms for similar instruments or interests, and may have a market value of less than par.

The Company may be presented with the opportunity to make new investments in connection with the reorganization or liquidation of an issuer of Portfolio Investments, including, without limitation, through a rights offering, litigation financing, bridge financing or other exit financing. The Company may make such investments as part

of an in-court or out-of-court restructuring of

an issuer of Portfolio Investments, and any such investment will be subject to the same risks as other Portfolio Investments of the Company.

Contractual subordination provisions are enforceable when a borrower is in bankruptcy, as are most inter-creditor agreement terms. Furthermore, there are instances where creditors and equity holders may lose their ranking and priority when they take over management and functional operating control of a debtor. In those cases where the Company, by virtue of such action, is found to exercise “domination and control” of a debtor, the Company may lose its priority if the debtor or other creditors can demonstrate that the debtor’s business was adversely impacted or other creditors and/or equity holders were harmed by improper or unfair actions of the Company, whether or not the Company is found to be a controlling party of the debtor. In addition, loans extended to a financially distressed borrower by an entity that owns an equity interest in the borrower may be reclassified as having been an equity capital contribution, rather than a debt obligation.

Notwithstanding the corporate structure of various debtor entities, such as special purpose entities created to hold assets and to structure for bankruptcy remoteness, such entities may, in certain cases, be consolidated in bankruptcy proceedings, which can affect the outcome of such proceedings and the amounts ultimately received by creditors. In addition, if a claim can be asserted against only a parent holding entity, such claim may be structurally subordinated to claims against a subsidiary entity that owns assets.

The U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other laws and regulations affecting debtors’ and creditors’ rights are subject to change, including by way of legislative action or judicial interpretation. The U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other laws and regulations affecting debtors’ and creditors’ rights are subject to change, including by way of legislative action or judicial interpretation. In addition, governmental actors have recently shown a willingness to intervene in bankruptcy-related matters (for example, the U.S. government’s bailouts of General Motors and Chrysler), which may increase uncertainty regarding the enforcement of creditors’ rights and the bankruptcy process generally. Any such actions could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the expected outcome of an investment situation of the Company, which may adversely affect such investment or the Company’s investment

program.

59

Lack of Control over Investments

. The Company invests in debt securities, but may

hold a non-controlling interest in

one or more Portfolio Investments. Such investments may not give the Company the ability to influence the management of the company or to elect a representative to the Board. In addition, themanagement of the company or its shareholders may have economic or business interests which are inconsistent with those of the Company, and they may be in a position to take action contrary to the Company’s

objectives. A non-controlling interest may

be especially adverse to the Company in circumstances, such as certain stressed or distressed situations, where an element of control or influence might be beneficial to the subject investment.

Control Positions

. The Company does not expect to, but may have a controlling interest in a Portfolio Investment (because of its equity ownership, representation on the board of directors and/or contractual rights) either on its own or, in certain cases, with another financial partner or investment fund (

e.g.,

 in accordance with the Company’s receipt of equity in connection with a restructuring). The exercise of control over a company may impose additional risks of liability for environmental damage, product defects, failure to supervise management, pension and other fringe benefits, violation of governmental regulations (including securities laws) or other types of related liability. If these liabilities were to arise, the Company might suffer a significant loss in such investment. In addition, if employees of the Adviser serve as directors of certain of the Portfolio Investments, including public companies, they will have duties to persons other than the Company.

To the extent that the Company owns a controlling stake in or is deemed an affiliate of a particular company, it may also be subject to certain additional bankruptcy or securities laws restrictions that could affect both the liquidity of the Company’s interest and the Company’s ability to liquidate its interest without adversely impacting the price thereof, including insider trading restrictions, the affiliate sale restrictions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act and the disclosure requirements of Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act. Further, to the extent that affiliates of the Company or the Adviser are subject to such restrictions, the Company, by virtue of its affiliation with such entities, may be similarly restricted, regardless of whether the Company stands to benefit from such affiliate’s ownership.

If the Company, alone or as part of a group acting together for certain purposes, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 10% of certain classes of securities of a U.S. public company or places a director on the board of directors of such a company, the Company may be subject to certain additional reporting requirements and to liability for short-swing profits under Section 16 of the 1934 Act. Furthermore, the Company may also be subject to similar reporting requirements and other

limitations in non-U.S. jurisdictions where

it holds significant positions in companies in such jurisdictions.

The exercise of control over a company, depending upon the amount and type of securities owned by the Company, contractual arrangements between the company and the Company, and other relevant factual circumstances, could result in an extension to one year

of the 90-day bankruptcy preference

period with respect to payments made to the Company. See “—

Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations

” below. The exercise of control over a company may also provide grounds for challenges to the priority and enforceability of Portfolio Investments or other claims the Company may have against the company if it is subject to a bankruptcy case or other insolvency proceeding. See “—

Lender Liability Considerations and Equitable Subordination

” below.

Lender Liability Considerations and Equitable Subordination

. In recent years, a number of judicial decisions in the U.S. have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”). Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. In addition, courts have in some cases applied the doctrine of equitable subordination to subordinate the claim against a borrower of a creditor, including a lending institution, to claims of other creditors of the borrower when the creditor is found to have engaged in unfair, inequitable or fraudulent conduct. There can be no assurance as to whether any fund, lending institution or other party from which the Company may directly or indirectly acquire such claims engaged in any such conduct and, if it did, as to whether the Company would be subject to claims that the Company’s Portfolio Investments should be equitably subordinated based on such conduct. Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s Portfolio Investments, the Company could be subject to allegations of lender liability or to claims that the Company’s Portfolio Investments should be equitably subordinated.

Fraudulent Conveyance and Preference Considerations

. Various federal and state laws enacted for the protection of creditors may apply to the purchase of the Company’s Portfolio Investments, or payments or liens related thereto, by virtue of the Company’s role as a creditor with respect to the borrowers under such Portfolio Investments. If a court, in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid

creditor, a debtor-in-possession, a trustee

in bankruptcy, or their respective representatives, were to find that the borrower took any action to intentionally delay or frustrate recoveries by creditors, or did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring indebtedness evidenced by an investment and the grant of any security interest or other lien securing such investment, and, after giving effect to such indebtedness and/or grant of any security interest or other

60

lien, the issuer or obligor (i) was insolvent, (ii) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could, under certain circumstances, invalidate, in whole or in part, such indebtedness and such security interest or other lien as fraudulent conveyances, could subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the borrower and could allow the borrower to recover amounts previously paid by the borrower to the creditor (including to the Company) in satisfaction of such indebtedness or proceeds of such security interest or other lien previously applied in satisfaction of such indebtedness.

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary. Generally, an issuer or obligor would be considered insolvent at a particular time if the sum of its debts were then greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liabilities on its existing debts as they became absolute and matured. There can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in order to determine whether the issuer or obligor was “insolvent” after giving effect to the incurrence of the indebtedness and/or the granting of any security interest or other lien or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the issuer was “insolvent” upon giving effect to such incurrence of indebtedness and/or grant of security interests or other lien.

The Company may invest in bank debt or other indebtedness issued by a borrower which is guaranteed by other entities within the borrower’s corporate family. In such circumstances, the borrower often has little or no assets other than the stock of its subsidiaries and, as a result, any recovery is often available only, if at all, from the entities that guaranteed the indebtedness. There is a risk, however, that the obligations of such guarantors and any security interests or other liens issued by the guarantors to secure such obligations may be avoided as fraudulent conveyances in the event that a court were to determine that such guarantors did not receive reasonably equivalent value in exchange for the issuance of the guarantees and for the security interests or other liens. A court could determine that the guarantors did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in incurring the obligations and granting the security interests or other liens despite the existence of “indirect” benefits to the guarantors, such as the strengthening of the corporate enterprise in the transaction. Additionally, provisions in guarantees and other similar documents governing similar obligations by which fraudulent conveyance exposure is sought to be reduced or eliminated,

such as so-called “savings clauses,”

may not be enforceable. As a result, the Company’s Portfolio Investment in corporate bank debt or other indebtedness could be subject to avoidance as a fraudulent conveyance.

If a transaction is found to have been a fraudulent conveyance, the transferee may be compelled to return the value of the assets transferred as of the time of the transfer, even if the then current value is substantially less. In addition, unless the transferee is deemed to be a “good faith” transferee, the return of the asset may not even provide for the compensation back to the transferee of the value paid to the transferor.

In addition, in the event of the insolvency (as determined by a court based on the law of the jurisdiction which is being applied) of an issuer of a Portfolio Investment, payments made on the Company’s Portfolio Investment, or new liens granted, could be subject to avoidance as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year) before insolvency, depending on a number of factors.

In general, if payments on a Company’s Portfolio Investment are avoidable, whether as a fraudulent conveyance or preference, such payments can be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Company) or from subsequent transferees of such payments, including Unitholders. Additionally, if the grant of a security interest or other lien is avoidable, whether as a fraudulent conveyance or preference, the value of the security interest or other lien can be recovered from the initial transferee or the entity for whose benefit such transfer was made (such as the Company), and such recovery could include the diminution in value of the property which was subject to the security interest or other lien from the date of transfer.

There can be no assurance that a successful cause of action for fraudulent conveyance or preference will not occur, or as to whether any fund, lending institution or other party from which the Company may directly or indirectly acquire a Portfolio Investment engaged in any conduct to give rise to such causes of action, and if it did, as to whether such causes of action could be asserted against the Company and/or the Unitholders.

Portfolio Investment Risk

. The Company’s Portfolio Investments may involve a high degree of business and financial risk. Portfolio Investments may be in early stages of development, may have operating losses or significant variations in operating results and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. Portfolio Investments will also include companies that are experiencing or are expected to experience financial difficulties, which may never be overcome. In addition, many of them will have weak financial conditions and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, to finance expansion or to maintain their competitive positions. Portfolio Investments may face intense competition, including competition from companies with greater financial resources, more extensive development, manufacturing, marketing, and other capabilities and a larger number of qualified managerial and technical personnel. In

61

addition, Portfolio Investments in which the Company invests may be required to comply with numerous

U.S. and non-U.S. statutory and

regulatory standards. A Portfolio Investment could be materially and adversely affected as a result of statutory or regulatory changes or changes in judicial or administrative interpretations of existing laws and regulations that impose more comprehensive or stringent requirements on such Portfolio Investment, the markets in which such Portfolio Investment operates or such Portfolio Investment’s industry generally.

There

can be no assurance that a Portfolio Investment’s management team will be able to operate such Portfolio Investment successfully. In addition, instances of fraud or other illegal practices committed by the management team of a Portfolio Investment may undermine the Company’s investment in such Portfolio Investment and the Company may suffer losses. Additionally, Portfolio Investments need to attract, retain and develop executives and members of their management teams. There can be no assurance that a Portfolio Investment will be able to attract and develop suitable members of its management team, which may adversely affect the Company.

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Rate Bonds and

 Payment-In-Kind

 Securities

. Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Deferred interest rate bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. PIK securities are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, deferred interest rate bonds and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. In addition, such investments experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates than debt obligations that provide for regular payments of interest.

To the extent the Company invests in OID instruments, including PIK, zero coupon bonds, and debt securities with attached warrants, investors will be exposed to the risks associated with the inclusion of

such non-cash income

in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

• The interest payments deferred on a PIK loan are subject to the risk that the borrower may default when the deferred payments are due in cash at the maturity of the loan;

• The interest rates on PIK loans are higher to reflect the time-value of money on deferred interest payments and the higher credit risk of borrowers who may need to defer interest payments;

• PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because the accruals require judgments about ultimate collectability of the deferred payments and the value of the associated collateral;

• An election to defer PIK income payments by adding them to principal increases the Company’s gross assets and, thus, increases future base fees to the Adviser and, because income payments will then be payable on a larger principal amount, the PIK election also increases the Adviser’s future income incentive fees at a compounding rate;

• Market prices of OID instruments are more volatile because they are affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes than instruments that pay interest periodically in cash;

• The deferral of interest on a PIK loan increases its loan-to-value ratio, which is a measure of the riskiness of a loan; and

• OID creates the risk of non-refundable cash payments to the Adviser based on non-cash accruals that may never be realized.

Money Market and Other Liquid Instruments

. The Company may invest its assets in such liquid securities as the Adviser may deem to be advisable, including fixed income securities, money market instruments, money market mutual funds, and debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S., certain U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. Money market instruments are short-term fixed income obligations, which generally have remaining maturities of one year or less, and may include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks that are members of the FDIC. The Company may be prevented from achieving its investment objective during any period in which its assets are not substantially invested in accordance with its investment strategy. Notwithstanding their general high-quality nature, money market funds and liquid securities are subject to the risk of loss.

Among other liquid investments, the Company may invest cash, pending investment, reinvestment or distribution thereof or in connection with the maintenance of reserves, in money fund products offered from time to time by its Custodian, including the use of bank “sweep” short-term

offerings.

62

Pooled Investment Vehicles and Pass-through Entities

. The Company may invest or take short positions in pooled investment vehicle and pass-through entities, including affiliated or third-party unregistered investment vehicles, investment companies registered under the 1940 Act (including exchange-traded

funds and closed-end companies) and

master limited partnerships (“Pooled Investment Vehicles”). To the extent the Company invests directly in Pooled Investment Vehicles and other “pass-through” entities which are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income taxation purposes, the Company must rely on such vehicles to deliver to it certain tax information that is necessary to complete the Company’s own tax returns. If this information is not delivered to the Company in a timely fashion, the Company will be delayed in providing tax information to the investors.

U.S. Government and Agency Securities

. The

Company may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by certain U.S. government agencies, instrumentalities and sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds and MBS guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S.; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Although U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations, and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and involve increased credit risks. In addition, certain governmental entities have been subject to regulatory scrutiny regarding their accounting policies and practices and other concerns that may result in legislation, changes in regulatory oversight and/or other consequences that could adversely affect the credit quality, availability or investment character of securities issued by these entities.

Restricted Securities

. It is expected that a significant portion of the Company’s Portfolio Investments will be securities (“restricted securities”) that have not been registered for sale to the public under the Securities Act pursuant to an exemption from registration (including Section 4(a)(2) of, or Rule 144A under, the Securities Act). Restricted securities are generally only sold to institutional investors in private sales from the issuer or from an affiliate of the issuer. These securities may be less liquid than securities registered for sale to the general public. The liquidity of a restricted security may be affected by a number of factors, including: (i) the credit quality of the issuer; (ii) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (iii) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (iv) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (v) the nature of the security and the nature of marketplace trades. Also, restricted securities may be difficult to value because market quotations may not be readily available.

In addition, a debtor in a reorganization case may be granted a trading restriction order by a bankruptcy court in order to protect such debtor’s net operating losses (a “NOL Order”). Such an order may prohibit or severely restrict the ability of some creditors to sell their claims and interests in the debtor. The Company’s ability to transfer its interests in such a debtor may be impaired, delayed or prohibited as a consequence of a NOL Order. The Company may also incur added expenses if it attempts to challenge or limit the scope of a NOL Order, and such an attempt may not be successful. Similarly, issuers with net operating losses sometimes adopt Unitholder rights plans or similar arrangements in order to preserve the ability to utilize such net operating losses in the future; any such actions could also limit or otherwise adversely impact the Company’s ability to transfer or dispose of its interests in any such issuer.

Risks Related to Disposition of Investments

. The Company may dispose of its investments through whatever manner it deems to be advisable, including through asset sales, repackaging transactions, securitizations, IPOs, strategic transactions and other mergers and acquisitions activity, and/or any combination thereof. Therefore, the disposition of Company investments will be subject to the risks associated with the particular exit strategy utilized. See, for example, “—

Risks Relating to Bank Loans and Corporate Loans

” above. In particular, certain disposition techniques and structures may expose the Company to liability for (among other things) securities laws violations, breaches of representations and warranties, and repurchase or “putback” obligations with respect to securitizations or similar structures.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our executive offices are located at 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and are provided by SLR in accordance with the terms of the Investment Management Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is presently conducted.

63

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor our subsidiaries are currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us or our subsidiaries. From time to time, we or our subsidiaries may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Our business is also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of these legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

64

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Units will only be sold (i) in the U.S. only to U.S. persons who are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (ii) outside the U.S. in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. There is no public market for our Units, and none is expected to develop. For this reason, the Company is not providing the performance graph required by Item 201(e) of Regulation

S-K.

Because Units are being acquired by investors in one or more transactions “not involving a public offering,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Our Units may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) our written consent is granted, and (ii) the Units are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the unitholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). We do not anticipate consenting to sales, transfers or assignments of Units. Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the Units until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Units may be made without our written consent.

Holders

As of February 24, 2023, there were 3 holders of record of our Units.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None, other than those already disclosed in certain Form

8-Ks

filed with the SEC.

Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

None.

Distributions

Tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to Unitholders on Form 1099 after the end of the calendar year. Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board. We expect that our distributions to Unitholders will generally be from accumulated net investment income, from net realized capital gains or

non-taxable

return of capital, if any, as applicable.

We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (

i.e.

, net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may in the future be limited in our ability to make distributions. Also, our revolving credit facility may limit our ability to declare distributions if we default under certain provisions. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of the tax benefits available to us as a regulated investment company. In addition, in accordance with GAAP and tax regulations, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual

payment-in-kind

income, which represents contractual income added to the loan balance that becomes due at the end of the loan term, or the accrual of original issue or market discount. Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to obtain tax benefits as a regulated investment company.

65

With respect to the distributions to Unitholders, income from origination, structuring, closing and certain other upfront fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are treated as taxable income and accordingly, distributed to Unitholders.

We cannot assure Unitholders that they will receive any distributions at a particular level.

Item 6. Reserved

66

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form

10-K

contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

• our future operating results, including our ability to achieve objectives;

• our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

• the impact of investments that we expect to make;

• our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

• the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;

• the impact of any protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;

• the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;

• the valuation of our investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market;

• market conditions and our ability to access different debt markets and additional debt and equity capital;

• our expected financings and investments;

• the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;

• the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

• the ability of our investment adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

• changes in the political conditions and relations between the United States, Russia, Ukraine and other nations, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets;

• changes in the general economy, slowing economy, rising inflation, risk of recession and risks in respect of a failure to increase the U.S. debt ceiling; and

• our ability to anticipate and identify evolving market expectations with respect to environmental, social and governance matters, including the environmental impacts of our portfolio companies’ supply chain and operations.

These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:

• an economic downturn could impair our portfolio companies’ ability to continue to operate, which could lead to the loss of some or all of our investments in such portfolio companies;

• a contraction of available credit and/or an inability to access the equity markets could impair our lending and investment activities;

• interest rate volatility could adversely affect our results, particularly because we use leverage as part of our investment strategy;

• currency fluctuations could adversely affect the results of our investments in foreign companies, particularly to the extent that we receive payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S. dollars; and

• the risks, uncertainties and other factors we identify in Item 1A. — Risk Factors contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this report should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the date of this report. Moreover, we assume no duty and do not undertake to update the forward-looking statements.

67

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form

10-K.

Overview

The Company (the “Company”, “we”, “us” our “our”) was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware on July 7, 2020 as a

closed-end,

externally managed investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. As such, we are required to comply with various regulatory requirements, such as the requirement to invest at least 70% of our assets in “qualifying assets,” source of income limitations, RIC asset diversification requirements, and the requirement to distribute annually at least 90% of our taxable income

and tax-exempt interest.

SLR Capital Partners, LLC (the “Adviser” or “SLR”) serves as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investment Management Agreement”). Subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Adviser is responsible for managing the Company’s business and activities, including sourcing investment opportunities, conducting research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments, and monitoring the Company’s portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.

Prior to the Company’s units being listed for trading on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”), the Adviser has also been appointed to provide administrative and coordination services to the Company (in such capacity, the “Administrative Coordinator”). The Administrative Coordinator supervises or provides the Company’s administrative services, including operational trade support, net asset value calculations, financial reporting, fund accounting, registrar and transfer agent services. The Administrative Coordinator also provides assistance to the Adviser in connection with communicating with investors and other persons with respect to the Company.

The Company is organized for investors who may invest through one or more investment funds created by one or more financial institutions unaffiliated with the Company (collectively, the “Access Fund”). Certain other investors may also invest directly in the Company. For those investors who invest through the Access Fund, we expect the Access Fund will issue a pro rata interest to each investor in the Access Fund (the “Access Fund LPs”) that, with respect to each Access Fund LP’s investment in the Access Fund, corresponds to such Access Fund LP’s pro rata share of the Units issued by the Company to the Access Fund. To purchase an interest in the Access Fund, each Access Fund LP will be required to represent that it is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D (an “Accredited Investor”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). To purchase Units, investors must be Accredited Investors and “qualified purchasers” for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act, or “knowledgeable employees” or companies owned exclusively by “knowledgeable employees” for purposes of the rules promulgated under the 1940 Act. Any sale of Units outside of the United States will be conducted in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. We expect the Access Fund will pass its voting rights in respect of any Units of the Company held by the Access Fund through to the Access Fund LPs.

The Company’s principal focus is to invest in two differentiated strategies, first lien healthcare cash flow loans and first lien life science loans. First lien healthcare cash flow loans are expected to be made to private equity-owned upper middle market healthcare companies with EBITDA between approximately $25 million and $100 million. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $100 million to $300 million. Healthcare cash flow loans are generally expected to have a five to six year final maturity and are often repaid within three years. First lien life science loans are expected to be made to venture capital owned

pre-commercialization

or early revenue drug and device development companies. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $25 million to $150 million. Loans to life science companies are generally expected to have an initial interest-only period and then straight-line amortization with a four to five year final maturity. These loans are often repaid within two to three years. The Company expects to primarily invest in

non-investment

grade debt instruments. The Company also expects that some of its investments will contain delayed-draw term loan type features (which is a legally binding commitment by the Company to fund additional term loans to a borrower in the future) and/or other types of unfunded commitments. The Company expects to

co-invest

with other vehicles managed by SLR (the “SLR Funds”). The Company and the SLR Funds are under common control with SLR. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to

co-invest

with such other funds, including as a result of legal restrictions and contractual restrictions and, as a result, the Company may not be able to meet its investment objective. The Company believes the potential scale resulting from

co-investments

with vehicles managed by SLR will provide the Company a significant advantage to source loans over other lenders that do not have the capital base to provide significant debt financing. The Company’s investments in portfolio companies are referred to herein as “Portfolio Investments”.

68

The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and the Company may from time to time take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

Recent Developments

None.

Revenues

The Company generates revenue primarily in the form of interest income from the securities it holds and capital gains, if any, on investment securities that it may sell. Our debt investments typically bear interest at a floating rate usually determined on the basis of a benchmark London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”), the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), commercial paper rate, or the prime rate. Interest on our debt investments is generally payable monthly or quarterly. We may also generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring fees, and fees for providing managerial assistance.

The Company’s principal focus is to invest in first lien secured loans typically to upper middle market private equity-owned companies in the healthcare sector, with EBITDA between approximately $25 million and $100 million, generating significant free cash flow, and operating in the

non-cyclical

healthcare

sub-sectors

in which we have direct experience. These loan tranches are generally $100 million to $300 million. In addition, the Company intends to invest a portion of its assets in loans to late stage drug and medical device development companies. The Company will seek to leverage the significant capital base of the SLR platform to

co-invest

alongside other SLR managed investment vehicles enabling the Company to participate in larger, more attractive upper middle-market financings and have more control over structuring through greater ownership of a financing tranche.

Expenses

The Company (directly or indirectly) bears:

(i) all of its fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, all of its investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (including with respect to amounts incurred prior to the Company’s initial closing) and all of its other operating fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including all fees, due diligence costs and other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the identification, sourcing, evaluation, pursuit, acquisition, holding, appraisals, asset management, restructuring and disposing of investments, including all reasonable travel-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including lodging and meals, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of legal counsel and financial and other advisers incurred in connection therewith, all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of information technology services relating to the ongoing management of investments, and all other investment-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities (to the extent not reimbursed by the relevant portfolio company);

(ii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to any audits or agreed upon procedures, tax forms and return preparations and filings, custodian fees and expenses, fund accounting, administrator services, financial statement preparation and reporting, web services for the benefit of Unitholders, delivery costs and expenses in connection with reporting obligations and communications and compliance services;

(iii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to insurance policies (including director and officer liability insurance) maintained by or for the Company, including in respect of Portfolio Investments and/or personnel of the Adviser, the Adviser in its capacity as Administrative Coordinator and their affiliates;

(iv) other administrative fees, costs, and liabilities;

(v) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of brokers, transaction finders and other intermediaries, including brokerage commissions and spreads, and all other transaction-related fees, costs, expenses and liabilities, including reverse break-up fees;

(vi) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to derivatives and hedging transactions;

69

(vii) all principal amounts of, and interest expense on, borrowings and guarantees, and all other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities arising out of borrowings and guarantees, including the arranging and maintenance thereof, whether incurred by the Company or incurred or facilitated by a special purpose vehicle that makes Portfolio Investments;

(viii) management fees;

(ix) administration expenses;

(x) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities incurred through the use or engagement of Service Providers;

(xi) all taxes, fees, penalties and other governmental charges levied against the Company and all fees, costs, expenses, penalties and liabilities related to tax compliance;

(xii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company’s legal counsel related to extraordinary matters, including expenses for any dispute resolution (including litigation and regulatory-related legal expenses);

(xiii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities relating to legal, governance and regulatory compliance and filings, including securities law filings relating to Portfolio Investments;

(xiv) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to the Company’s indemnification or contribution obligations;

(xv) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities for subscription services (to the extent such subscription is required by a placement agent);

(xvi) any required regulatory filings and related legal fees;

(xvii) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of liquidating the Company;

(xviii) transfer agent services;

(xix) any other fees, costs, expenses and liabilities not specifically assumed by the Adviser or the Administrative Coordinator;

(xx) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the independent directors, including resources retained by the independent directors, or on their behalf, while representing and/or acting on behalf of all Unitholders; and

(xxi) all fees, costs, expenses and liabilities related to an exchange listing (including any transactions effectuated in connection therewith) or other business combination.

In addition, prior to an Exchange Listing, the aggregate amount of the operating expenses relating to Unitholders investing directly in the Company set forth in clauses (ii)-(iv) and the operating expenses included in

sub-clauses

(xiii) and (xvi) related to U.S. regulatory bodies above borne by the Company (directly or indirectly) will not exceed the following limits in any fiscal year: (A) if the Company has less than or equal to $400 million in Commitments, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product of the Commitments and 0.0025 and (y) $1.25 million, or (B) if the Company has greater than $400 million in Commitments, $2.25 million (such figure, the “Operating Expense Cap”). Any amount in excess of the Operating Expense Cap for any fiscal year will be paid by the Adviser. Solely by way of example, if Commitments equal $350 million, the Operating Expense Cap will be equal to $2.125 million. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Operating Expense Cap will not apply to any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities allocable to persons investing indirectly in the Company through any Unitholder or in connection with (xxi) above, (ii) the Company will not bear the costs of any third-party valuation agent engaged solely for purposes of valuing the Company’s portfolio investments at each quarter end and (iii) the Operating Expense Cap will no longer apply upon the effectuation of an Exchange Listing.

The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator and/or their affiliates may advance to the Company organizational fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company, including legal expenses, incurred in connection with the initial offering of Units and the formation and establishment of the Company (the “Organizational Expenses”). The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator (or such affiliate) will be reimbursed by the Company for such advanced expenses in an amount not to exceed $500,000. The Company will be responsible for and pay (or reimburse) the Organizational Expenses subject to the cap described in the preceding sentence. Accordingly, $0.2 million of offering expenses were charged to capital and $0.2 million of organizational costs were expensed in 2021.

70

Macroeconomic Environment

Credit markets continued to be under pressure during 2022 amid a

risk-off

environment and sustained macro-economic uncertainty due to record-high inflation, tighter financial conditions and growing recession risk. Central banks have remained focused on restoring price stability by raising interest rates and have signaled that growth may be hindered until inflation comes under control.

Portfolio and Investment Activity

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we invested approximately $28.4 million across 21 portfolio companies. This compares to investing approximately $34.0 million across 13 portfolio companies for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021. Investments sold or prepaid during the year ended December 31, 2022 totaled approximately $12.5 million versus approximately $7.0 million for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2022, our portfolio consisted of 20 portfolio companies and was invested 100.0% in senior secured loans and less than 0.1% in common equity/equity interests/warrants, in each case, measured at fair value versus 12 portfolio companies invested 100.0% in senior secured loans and less than 0.1% in common equity/equity interests/warrants, in each case, measured at fair value, at December 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2022, 91.6% of our income producing investment portfolio was floating rate and 8.4% was fixed rate, measured at fair value. At December 31, 2021, 86.5% of our income producing investment portfolio was floating rate and 13.5% was fixed rate, measured at fair value.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP will require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the periods covered by such consolidated financial statements. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates, which the Company will evaluate on an ongoing basis. The Company has identified the following items as critical accounting policies. The Company will disclose these and any other critical accounting policies in the notes to its future consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

In December 2020, the SEC adopted new Rule

2a-5

under the 1940 Act addressing fair valuation of fund investments. The new rule sets forth requirements for good faith determinations of fair value, as well as for the performance of fair value determinations, including related oversight and reporting obligations. The new rule also defines “readily available market quotations” for purposes of the definition of “value” under the 1940 Act, and the SEC noted that this definition will apply in all contexts under the 1940 Act. The Company will comply with Rule

2a-5’s

valuation requirements.

The Company conducts the valuation of its assets, pursuant to which the Company’s net asset value is determined, at all times consistent with GAAP, and the 1940 Act. The Board will (1) periodically assess and manage valuation risks; (2) establish and apply fair value methodologies; (3) test fair value methodologies; (4) oversee and evaluate third-party pricing services, as applicable; (5) oversee the reporting required by Rule

2a-5

under the 1940 Act; and (6) maintain recordkeeping requirements under Rule

2a-5.

It is anticipated that in respect of many of the Company’s assets, readily available market quotations will not be obtainable and that such assets will be valued at fair value. A market quotation is readily available for a security only when that quotation is a quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments that the Company can access at the measurement date, provided that a quotation will not be readily available if it is not reliable. If the Company anticipates using a market quotation for a security, it will also monitor for circumstances that may necessitate the use of fair value, such as significant events that may cause concern over the reliability of a market quotation.

71

For purposes of calculating the NAV, the Company’s assets will generally be valued as described in Note 2(b) to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Hedging

We

may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate, foreign exchange or other derivative agreements to hedge interest rate, currency, credit or other risks, but we do not generally intend to enter into any such derivative agreements for speculative purposes. Any derivative agreements entered into for speculative purposes are not expected to be material to the Company’s business or results of operations. These hedging activities, which will be in compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may include the use of futures, options and forward contracts. We will bear the costs incurred in connection with entering into, administering and settling any such derivative contracts. There can be no assurance any hedging strategy we employ will be successful.

Leverage

The Company is required to comply with the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act. The Company expects to employ leverage and otherwise incur indebtedness with respect to the portfolio both on a recourse and

non-recourse

basis (including and potentially through guarantees, derivatives, forward commitments and reverse repurchase agreements), but will not exceed the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The Company is generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue senior securities in amounts such that the Company’s asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after such issuance. In connection with the organization of the Company, the Adviser, as the initial Unitholder, has authorized the Company to adopt the 150% asset coverage ratio. In connection with their subscriptions for Units, our Unitholders are required to acknowledge the Company’s ability to operate with an asset coverage ratio that may be as low as 150%. The Company will be exposed to the risks of leverage, which may be considered a speculative investment technique. The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain and loss on amounts invested and therefore increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In addition, the costs associated with our borrowings, including any increase in the management fee payable to the Adviser, will be borne by our Unitholders. As of December 31, 2022, the Company held $28.5 million of senior securities, for an asset coverage ratio of 167.9%.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company (“RIC”)

The Company elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code and intends to qualify for taxation as a RIC annually. As a RIC, the Company generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it timely distributes to Unitholders as dividends. In order to qualify for taxation as a RIC, the Company is required, among other things, to be diversified at each quarter end and to timely distribute to its Unitholders at least 90% of investment company taxable income, as defined by the Code, for each year. There is no guarantee the Company will be able to maintain its status as a RIC. Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a given tax year, the Company may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a nondeductible 4% U.S. federal excise tax on such income, as required. To the extent that the Company determines that its estimated current year annual taxable income will be in excess of estimated current year distributions, the Company will accrue an estimated excise tax, if any, on estimated excess taxable income.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update

No. 2020-04,

“Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” The guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications, hedging relationships and other transactions, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of the reference rate reform. ASU

2020-04

is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company has determined that the adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

72

Results of Operations

Results are shown for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021.

Investment Income

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021, gross investment income totaled $3.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The comparative increase in gross investment income is due to a substantial increase in the size of the income-producing portfolio along with higher LIBOR and SOFR.

Expenses

Expenses totaled $3.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021, of which $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, were management fees and administration fees and $1.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively were interest and other credit facility expenses. Other general and administrative expenses totaled $0.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021. Expenses generally consist of management fees, administration fees, performance-based incentive fees, if any, administrative services expenses, insurance, legal expenses, directors’ fees and expenses, audit and tax expenses and other general and administrative expenses. Interest and other credit facility expenses generally consist of interest, unused fees, agency fees and financing costs, if any, among others. The comparative increase in expenses is due to higher interest expense from increased borrowings to support a larger portfolio, along with an increase in LIBOR and SOFR. Additionally, other expenses were lower in the current year as organizational and other

start-up

costs were expensed in the prior comparative period.

Net Investment Income (Loss)

The Company’s net investment income (loss) totaled $0.8 million and ($0.8) million or $1.07 and ($2.97) per average unit, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021.

Net Realized Loss

The Company had investment sales and prepayments totaling approximately $12.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021. Net realized losses over the same periods were $16 thousand and $5 thousand, respectively. Net realized losses for both comparative periods were primarily related to the sale of select assets.

Net Change in Unrealized Gain

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021, net change in unrealized gain on the Company’s investments totaled $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Net unrealized gain for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 is primarily due to appreciation on our investments in Ivy Fertility Services, LLC and Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc., among others. Net unrealized gain for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021 is primarily due to appreciation on our investments in MMIT Holdings, LLC and BayMark Health Services, Inc., among others.

Net Increase (Decrease) in Unitholders’ Capital Resulting From Operations

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021, the Company had a net increase (decrease) in unitholders’ capital resulting from operations of $0.9 million and ($0.7) million, respectively. For the same periods, income (loss) per average unit was $1.30 and ($2.57), respectively.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary uses of cash are for (i) investments in portfolio companies and other investments to comply with certain portfolio RIC diversification requirements, (ii) the cost of operations (including paying the Adviser), (iii) debt service of any borrowings, and (iv) cash distributions to our Unitholders.

73

Equity

During the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2022, on a net basis, the Company sold and issued 888,565 common units at an average price of $22.51 per unit, for gross proceeds of $20.0 million. All of our outstanding units were issued and sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Unfunded equity capital commitments totaled $63.9 million at December 31, 2022. The Offering Period of the Company ended on December 31, 2022.

Debt

SPV Facility

—On February 18, 2022, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, SLR HC BDC SPV LLC (the “SPV”), entered into the $50 million SPV Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acting as administrative agent. The commitment can also be expanded up to $75 million. The stated interest rate on the SPV Facility is Term SOFR plus 2.90% with no SOFR floor requirement and the final maturity date is February 18, 2027. The fee on undrawn commitments is currently 0.875%. The SPV Facility is secured by all of the assets held by the SPV. Under the terms of the SPV Facility, the Company and SPV, as applicable, have made certain customary representations and warranties, and are required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The SPV also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. There were $14.7 million of borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2022 under the SPV Facility.

Subscription Facility

—On March 19, 2021, the Company established the $25 million Subscription Facility with ING Capital LLC. The stated interest rate on the Subscription Facility is LIBOR plus

2.75-3.00%

and the current stated maturity date is March 19, 2023. On December 14, 2021, the Subscription Facility was amended, allowing for increased borrowing base availability, among other changes. Under the terms of the Subscription Facility, the Company has made certain customary representations and warranties, and is required to comply with various covenants, including reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The Subscription Facility also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. As of December 31, 2022, there were $13.8 million of borrowings outstanding under the Subscription Facility.

Cash Equivalents

We deem certain U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other high-quality, short-term debt securities as cash equivalents. The Company makes purchases that are consistent with its purpose of making investments in securities described in paragraphs 1 through 3 of Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act. From time to time, including at or near the end of each fiscal quarter, we consider using various temporary investment strategies for our business. One strategy includes taking proactive steps by utilizing cash equivalents as temporary assets with the objective of enhancing our investment flexibility pursuant to Section 55 of the 1940 Act. More specifically, from

time-to-time

we may purchase U.S. Treasury bills or other high-quality, short-term debt securities at or near the end of the quarter and typically close out the position on a net cash basis subsequent to quarter end. We may also utilize repurchase agreements or other balance sheet transactions, including drawing down on our credit facilities, as deemed appropriate. The amount of these transactions or such drawn cash for this purpose is excluded from total assets for purposes of computing the asset base upon which the management fee is determined. We held approximately $30 million par amount in cash equivalents as of December 31, 2022.

Contractual Obligations

We have entered into certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser in accordance with the 1940 Act. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we pay the Adviser certain management and incentive fees prior to and following an Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, we pay the Adviser, in its capacity as Administrative Coordinator, an administration fee for administrative and coordination services, each as defined and described further below. Following an Exchange Listing, the Company intends to enter into a separate administration agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which administrative services would be provided to the Company, as described further below. The

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee will not offset any fees paid to the Adviser. Under the Investment Management Agreement, prior to an Exchange Listing, the Administrative Coordinator may engage or delegate certain administrative functions to third parties or affiliates on behalf of the Company. The Administrative Coordinator will be responsible for all expenses of its own staff responsible for (i) certain

on-going,

routine,

non-investment-related

administrative services for the Company, (ii) the coordination of various third party services needed or required by the Company, and (iii) certain Unitholder servicing functions.

74

	Payments due by Period as of December 31, 2022 (dollars in millions)
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Credit facilities (1)	$	28.5	$	13.8	$	—	$	14.7	$	—

(1) At December 31, 2022, we had a total of $46.5 million of unused borrowing capacity under our credit facilities, subject to borrowing base limits.

If any of the contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs under any new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we would likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under the Investment Management Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our Unitholders.

Off-Balance

Sheet Arrangements

From

time-to-time

and in the normal course of business, the Company may make unfunded capital commitments to current or prospective portfolio companies. Typically, the Company may agree to provide delayed-draw term loans or, to a lesser extent, revolving loan or equity commitments. These unfunded capital commitments always take into account the Company’s liquidity and cash available for investment, portfolio and issuer diversification, and other considerations. Accordingly, the Company had the following unfunded capital commitments at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Outset Medical, Inc.	$	3.1	$	—
Apeel Technology, Inc.		2.9		—
Glooko, Inc.		1.6		2.7
SCP Eye Care, LLC		1.0		—
Oral Surgery Partners Holdings, LLC		0.8		—
Plastics Management, LLC		0.8		1.2
Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc.		0.8		4.7
Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc.		0.8		—
Ardelyx, Inc.		0.7		—
Southern Orthodontic Partners Management, LLC		0.7		—
Pediatric Home Respiratory Services, LLC		0.6		—
Cerapedics, Inc.		0.6		—
Orthopedic Care Partners Management, LLC		0.5		—
Meditrina, Inc.		0.3		—
Ivy Fertility Services, LLC		0.1		0.5
BayMark Health Services, Inc.		0.1		0.2
SunMed Group Holdings, LLC		0.1		0.1
BridgeBio Pharma, Inc.		—		2.5
Rezolute, Inc.		—		0.6
SOC Telemed, Inc.		—		0.5
RQM+ Corp.		—		0.4
MMIT Holdings, LLC		—		0.2
Total Commitments	$	15.5	$	13.6

75

The credit agreements of the above loan commitments contain customary lending provisions and/or are subject to the portfolio company’s achievement of certain milestones that allow relief to the Company from funding obligations for previously made commitments in instances where the underlying company experiences materially adverse events that affect the financial condition or business outlook for the company. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, unfunded commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements or future earning assets for the Company. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had sufficient cash available and/or liquid securities available to fund its commitments and had reviewed them for any appropriate fair value adjustment.

Distributions

Tax characteristics of all distributions will be reported to unitholders on Form 1099 after the end of the calendar year. Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board. We expect that our distributions to unitholders will generally be from accumulated net investment income, from net realized capital gains or

non-taxable

return of capital, if any, as applicable.

We have elected to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To maintain our RIC tax treatment, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (

i.e.

, net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may in the future be limited in our ability to make distributions. Also, our revolving credit facility may limit our ability to declare distributions if we default under certain provisions. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including possible loss of the tax benefits available to us as a regulated investment company. In addition, in accordance with GAAP and tax regulations, we include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as contractual

payment-in-kind

income, which represents contractual income added to the loan balance that becomes due at the end of the loan term, or the accrual of original issue or market discount. Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our investment company taxable income to obtain tax benefits as a regulated investment

company.

With respect to the distributions to unitholders, income from origination, structuring, closing and certain other upfront fees associated with investments in portfolio companies are treated as taxable income and accordingly, distributed to unitholders.

Related Parties

We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we pay management fees, administrative coordinator fees and incentive fees to the Adviser.

Mr. Gross, our Chairman,

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and President and Mr. Spohler, our

Co-Chief

Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and board member, are managing members and senior investment professionals of, and have financial and controlling interests in, the Adviser. In addition, Mr. Peteka, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary serves as the Chief Financial Officer for the Adviser. The Adviser may also manage other funds in the future that may have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. For example, the Adviser presently serves as investment adviser to SLR Investment Corp., a publicly traded BDC, which focuses on investing in senior secured loans, including financing leases and to a lesser extent, unsecured loans and equity securities, SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC, an unlisted BDC that focuses on investing primarily in senior secured loans, including

non-traditional

asset-based loans and first lien loans, and SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC, an unlisted BDC focused on first lien senior secured floating rate loans. In addition, Michael S. Gross, our Chairman,

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and President, Bruce Spohler, our

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, and Richard L. Peteka, our Chief Financial Officer, serve in similar capacities for SLR Investment Corp., SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC and SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC. The Adviser and certain investment advisory affiliates may determine that an investment is appropriate for us and for one or more of those other funds. In such event, depending on the availability of such investment and other appropriate factors, the Adviser or its affiliates may determine that we should invest

side-by-side

with one or more other funds. Any such investments will be made only to the extent permitted by applicable law and interpretive positions of the SEC and its staff, and consistent with the Adviser’s allocation procedures.

76

On June 13, 2017, the Adviser received an exemptive order that permits the Company to participate in

negotiated co-investment transactions

with certain affiliates, in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, and pursuant to various conditions (the “Order”). If the Company is unable to rely on the Order for a particular opportunity, such opportunity will be allocated first to the entity whose investment strategy is the most consistent with the opportunity being allocated, and second, if the terms of the opportunity are consistent with more than one entity’s investment strategy, on an alternating basis. Although the Adviser’s investment professionals will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, the Company and its Unitholders could be adversely affected to the extent investment opportunities are allocated among us and other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by, or affiliated with, our executive officers, directors and members of the Adviser. In addition, we have adopted a formal code of ethics that governs the conduct of our officers and directors. Our officers and directors also remain subject to the duties imposed by the 1940 Act.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. Uncertainty with respect to the rising interest rates, inflationary pressures, risks in respect of a failure to increase the U.S. debt ceiling, the war in Ukraine and Russia and health epidemics and pandemics introduced significant volatility in the financial markets, and the effects of this volatility has materially impacted and could continue to materially impact our market risks. Because we fund a portion of our investments with borrowings, our net investment income is affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In a low interest rate environment, including a reduction of LIBOR or SOFR to zero, the difference between the total interest income earned on interest earning assets and the total interest expense incurred on interest bearing liabilities may be compressed, reducing our net interest income and potentially adversely affecting our operating results. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, such as the current economic environment, such difference could potentially increase thereby increasing our net investment income. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, certain investments in our investment portfolio had floating interest rates. These floating rate investments were primarily based on floating LIBOR or SOFR and typically have durations of one to three months after which they reset to current market interest rates. Additionally, some of these investments have floors. The Company also has revolving credit facilities that are generally based on floating LIBOR or SOFR. Assuming no changes to our balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 and no new defaults by portfolio companies, a hypothetical one percent decrease in LIBOR or SOFR on our comprehensive floating rate assets and liabilities would decrease our net investment income by approximately twelve cents per average unit over the next twelve months. Assuming no changes to our balance sheet as of December 31, 2022 and no new defaults by portfolio companies, a hypothetical one percent increase in LIBOR or SOFR on our comprehensive floating rate assets and liabilities would increase our net investment income by approximately twelve cents per average unit over the next twelve months. However, we may hedge against interest rate fluctuations from

time-to-time

by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in any benefits of certain changes in interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments. At December 31, 2022, we have no interest rate hedging instruments outstanding on our balance sheet.

Increase (Decrease) in LIBOR/SOFR		(1.00	%)		1.00	%
Increase (Decrease) in Net Investment Income Per Unit Per Year	$	(0.12	)	$	0.12

77

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		79
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021		80
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021		81
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Unitholders’ Capital for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021		82
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021		83
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021		84
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		88

78

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Unitholders and Board of Directors

SLR HC BDC LLC:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedules of investments, of SLR HC BDC LLC (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in unitholders’ capital, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 202

1

, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and for the period January 5, 2021 to December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, by correspondence with the custodian, portfolio companies or agents. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

February 28, 2023

79

SLR HC BDC LLC

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

	December 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
Assets
Investments at fair value:
Non-controlled/non-affiliated investments (cost: $43,602 and $27,169, respectively)	$	43,897		$	27,286
Cash		3,986			467
Cash equivalents (cost: $29,828 and $20,000, respectively)		29,828			20,000
Interest receivable		271			171
Prepaid expenses		15			14
Total assets	$	77,997		$	47,938
Liabilities
Payable for cash equivalents purchased	$	29,828		$	20,000
Revolving credit facility due February 2027 (the “SPV Facility”) ($14,675 and $0 face amounts, respectively, reported net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $624 and $0, respectively. See note 5)		14,051			—
Revolving credit facility due March 2023 (the “Subscription Facility”) ($13,800 and $13,050 face amounts, respectively, reported net of unamortized debt issuance costs of $49 and $244, respectively. See note 5)		13,751			12,806
Management fee payable (see note 3)		325			63
Administration fee payable (see note 3)		8			4
Interest payable (see note 5)		493			39
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		193			414
Total liabilities	$	58,649		$	33,326
Commitments and contingencies (see note 6)
Unitholders’ Capital
Common Unitholders’ capital (888,565 and 682,427 units, respectively, issued and outstanding, see note 2f)		19,461			14,961
Accumulated distributable net loss (see note 2f)		(113	)		(349	)
Total unitholders’ capital	$	19,348		$	14,612
Total liabilities and unitholders’ capital	$	77,997		$	47,938
Net asset value per unit	$	21.77		$	21.41

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

80

SLR HC BDC LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

	Year ended December 31, 2022			For the period January 5, 2021* to December 31, 2021
Investment Income:
Interest income from non-controlled/non-affiliated investments	$	3,732		$	1,018
Other income from non-controlled/non-affiliated investments		16			1
Total investment income		3,748			1,019
Expenses:
Management fees (see note 3)	$	419		$	224
Administration fees (see note 3)		27			9
Interest and other credit facility expenses (see note 5)		1,939			398
Services fee		—			250
Organizational expenses		—			229
Other general and administrative expenses		592			732
Total expenses		2,977			1,842
Net investment income (loss)	$	771		$	(823	)
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments and cash equivalents:
Net realized loss on non-controlled/non-affiliated investments and cash equivalents	$	(16	)	$	(5	)
Net change in unrealized gain on non-controlled/non-affiliated investments and cash equivalents		178			117
Net realized and unrealized gain on non-controlled/non-affiliated investments and cash equivalents		162			112
Net Increase (Decrease) in Unitholders’ Capital Resulting From Operations	$	933		$	(711	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Unit	$	1.30		$	(2.57	)

* Commencement of operations

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

81

SLR HC BDC LLC

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Unitholders’ Capital

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

	Year ended December 31, 2022			For the period January 5, 2021* to December 31, 2021
Increase (decrease) in unitholders’ capital resulting from operations:
Net investment income (loss)	$	771		$	(823	)
Net realized loss		(16	)		(5	)
Net change in unrealized gain		178			117
Net increase (decrease) in unitholders’ capital resulting from operations		933			(711	)
Distributions to unitholders:
From distributable earnings		(697	)		—
Increase (decrease) in unitholders’ capital resulting from capital activity:
Contributions		4,500			15,501
Less offering costs		—			(177	)
Cancellation		—			(1	)
Net increase in unitholders’ capital resulting from capital activity		4,500			15,323
Total increase in unitholders’ capital		4,736			14,612
Unitholders’ capital, beginning of period		14,612			—
Unitholders’ capital, end of period	$	19,348		$	14,612
Capital unit activity (see note 7):
Units issued		206,138			682,467
Units canceled		—			(40	)
Net increase from capital unit activity		206,138			682,427

* Commencement of operations

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

82

SLR HC BDC LLC

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

	Year ended December 31, 2022			For the period January 5, 2021* to December 31, 2021
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net increase (decrease) in unitholders’ capital resulting from operations	$	933		$	(711	)
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in unitholders’ capital resulting from operations to net cash used in operating activities:
Net realized loss on investments and cash equivalents		16			5
Net change in unrealized gain on investments		(178	)		(117	)
(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
Purchase of investments		(28,404	)		(33,983	)
Net accretion of discount on investments		(234	)		(61	)
Proceeds from disposition of investments		12,289			6,870
Capitalization of payment-in-kind income		(100	)		—
Interest receivable		(100	)		(171	)
Prepaid expenses		(1	)		(14	)
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
Payable for investments and cash equivalents purchased		9,828			20,000
Management fee payable		262			63
Administration fee payable		4			4
Interest payable		454			39
Other liabilities and accrued expenses		(221	)		414
Deferred financing costs		345			133
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities		(5,107	)		(7,529	)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Contributions from unitholders		4,500			15,501
Offering costs		—			(177	)
Cancellation of units		—			(1	)
Cash distributions paid		(697	)		—
Proceeds from borrowings		42,401			24,723
Repayments of borrowings		(27,750	)		(12,050	)
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities		18,454			27,996
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		13,347			20,467
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD		20,467			—
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD	$	33,814		$	20,467
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	1,485		$	359

* Commencement of operations

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

83

SLR HC BDC LLC

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except share/unit amounts)

Description	Industry	Spread above Index (2)		Floor			Interest  Rate  (1)			Acquisition Date		Maturity Date		Par Amount		Cost			Fair Value
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans — 226.8%
Apeel Technology, Inc. (4)	Biotechnology		S+625		1.00	%		8.75	%		6/29/2022		6/1/2027	$	317	$	315		$	317
Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc. (3)(4)	Pharmaceuticals		L+745		0.10	%		11.62	%		12/22/2021		1/1/2027		6,288		6,322			6,367
Ardelyx, Inc . (3)(4)	Pharmaceuticals		L+795		0.10	%		12.12	%		2/23/2022		3/1/2027		851		854			853
BayMark Health Services, Inc. (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		L+500		1.00	%		9.73	%		6/29/2021		6/11/2027		4,068		4,034			4,068
BridgeBio Pharma, Inc. (3)(4)	Biotechnology		—		—			9.00	% (6)		11/17/2021		11/17/2026		3,683		3,656			3,683
Cerapedics Inc. (4)	Biotechnology		S+620		2.75	%		10.52	%		12/27/2022		1/1/2028		2,494		2,488			2,488
Glooko, Inc . (4)	Health Care Technology		L+790		0.10	%		12.07	%		9/30/2021		10/1/2026		1,452		1,456			1,455
Ivy Fertility Services, LLC (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		L+625		1.00	%		10.39	%		12/22/2021		2/25/2026		2,697		2,659			2,724
Meditrina, Inc. (4)	Health Care Equipment & Supplies		S+550		3.45	%		9.82	%		12/20/2022		12/1/2027		312		309			311
Oral Surgery Partners Holdings, LLC	Health Care Providers & Services		S+625		1.00	%		10.92	%		11/29/2022		5/10/2024		567		557			556
Orthopedic Care Partners Management, LLC (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		S+650		1.00	%		10.91	%		8/17/2022		5/16/2024		1,087		1,080			1,087
Outset Medical, Inc. (3)(4)	Health Care Equipment & Supplies		S+515		2.75	%		9.33	%		11/3/2022		11/1/2027		3,052		3,034			3,029
Pediatric Home Respiratory Services, LLC (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		S+625		1.00	%		10.67	%		8/19/2022		12/4/2024		463		457			459
Plastics Management, LLC (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		S+500		1.00	%		9.89	%		8/26/2021		8/18/2027		3,107		3,069			3,107
RQM+ Corp . (4)	Life Sciences Tools & Services		S+575		1.00	%		10.59	%		8/20/2021		8/12/2026		4,033		3,986			4,033
SCP Eye Care, LLC (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		S+575		1.00	%		9.46	%		10/6/2022		10/5/2029		2,905		2,813			2,810
Southern Orthodontic Partners Management, LLC (4)	Health Care Providers & Services		S+600		1.00	%		10.77	%		6/3/2022		1/27/2026		489		485			489
Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (4)	Biotechnology		S+570		2.30	%		9.88	%		9/21/2022		9/1/2027		915		905			906
SunMed Group Holdings, LLC (4)	Health Care Equipment & Supplies		L+575		0.75	%		10.48	%		6/16/2021		6/16/2028		2,033		2,004			2,033
Vapotherm, Inc.	Health Care Equipment & Supplies		S+830		1.00	%		12.58	% (7)		2/18/2022		2/1/2027		3,095		3,094			3,111
Total Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans																$	43,577		$	43,886
Warrants — 0.1 %														Warrants
Meditrina, Inc .*	Health Care Equipment & Supplies										12/20/2022				2,719	$	2		$	2
Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc .*	Biotechnology										9/21/2022				13,871		4			1
Vapotherm, Inc .*	Health Care Equipment & Supplies										2/18/2022				3,324		19			8
Total Warrants																$	25		$	11
Total Investments (5) — 226.9%																$	43,602		$	43,897
Cash Equivalents — 154.1%
U.S. Treasury Bill	Government										12/30/2022		2/23/2023	$	30,000	$	29,828		$	29,828
Total Investments & Cash Equivalents— 381.0%																$	73,430		$	73,725
Liabilities in Excess of Other Assets — (281.0%)																			(54,377		)
Net Assets — 100.0%																		$	19,348

(1) Floating rate debt investments typically bear interest at a rate determined by reference to either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or “L”) index rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR” or “S”) or the prime index rate (PRIME or “P”), and which typically reset monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. For each debt investment SLR HC BDC LLC (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) has provided the current interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2022.

(2) Floating rate instruments accrue interest at a predetermined spread relative to an index, typically the LIBOR, SOFR or PRIME rate. These instruments are often subject to a LIBOR, SOFR or PRIME rate floor.

(3) Indicates assets that the Company believes may not represent “qualifying assets” under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”).   If we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be prevented from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies or could be required to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to comply with the 1940 Act. As of December 31, 2022, on a fair value basis, non-qualifying assets in the portfolio represented 17.9% of the total assets of the Company.

(4) Indicates an investment that is wholly or partially held by SLR HC BDC LLC (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) through its wholly-owned financing subsidiary SLR HC BDC SPV LLC (the “SPV”). Such investments are pledged as collateral under the SPV Facility (see Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements) and are not generally available to creditors, if any, of the Company.

(5) Aggregate net unrealized depreciation for U.S. federal income tax purposes is $71; aggregate gross unrealized appreciation and depreciation for U.S. federal tax purposes is $318 and $389, respectively, based on a tax cost of $43,968. The Company generally acquires its investments in private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). These investments are generally subject to certain limitations on resale, and may be deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act. All investments are Level 3 unless otherwise indicated.

(6) BridgeBio Pharma, Inc. may elect to defer up to 3.00% of the coupon as PIK.

(7) Vapotherm, Inc. may elect to defer up to 8.00% of the coupon as PIK.

* Non-income producing security.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

84

SLR HC BDC LLC

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)

December 31, 2022

(in thousands)

Industry Classification	Percentage of Total Investments (at fair value) as of December 31, 2022
Health Care Providers & Services		34.9	%
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		19.3	%
Biotechnology		16.8	%
Pharmaceuticals		16.5	%
Life Science Tools & Services		9.2	%
Health Care Technology		3.3	%
Total Investments		100.0	%

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

85

SLR HC BDC LLC

Schedule of Investments

December 31, 2021

(in thousands, except share/unit amounts)

Description	Industry	Spread above Index (2)		Libor Floor			Interest Rate  (1)			Acquisition Date		Maturity  Date		Par Amount		Cost		Fair Value
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans — 186.7%
Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc. (3)	Pharmaceuticals		L+745		0.10	%		7.55	%		12/22/2021		1/1/2027	$	2,358	$	2,348	$	2,347
Axcella Health Inc .	Pharmaceuticals		L+860		0.10	%		8.70	%		9/2/2021		9/1/2026		1,007		1,011		1,009
BayMark Health Services, Inc .	Health Care Providers & Services		L+500		1.00	%		6.00	%		6/29/2021		6/11/2027		4,011		3,972		4,011
BridgeBio Pharma,Inc . (3)	Biotechnology		—		—			9.00	%		11/17/2021		11/17/2026		3,751		3,697		3,695
Glooko, Inc.	Health Care Technology		L+790		0.10	%		8.00	%		9/30/2021		10/1/2026		907		905		903
Ivy Fertility Services, LLC	Health Care Providers & Services		L+625		1.00	%		7.25	%		12/22/2021		2/25/2026		2,352		2,311		2,310
MMIT Holdings, LLC	IT Services		L+625		1.00	%		7.25	%		9/21/2021		9/15/2027		3,366		3,313		3,366
Plastics Management, LLC	Health Care Providers & Services		L+500		1.00	%		6.00	%		8/26/2021		8/18/2027		1,866		1,840		1,848
Rezolute, Inc.	Biotechnology		L+875		0.12	%		8.87	%		4/14/2021		4/1/2026		619		617		617
RQM+ Corp .	Life Sciences Tools & Services		L+575		1.00	%		6.75	%		8/20/2021		8/12/2026		1,790		1,774		1,786
SOC Telemed, Inc.	Health Care Providers & Services		L+747		0.13	%		7.60	%		3/26/2021		4/1/2026		3,395		3,403		3,403
SunMed Group Holdings, LLC	Health Care Equipment & Supplies		L+575		0.75	%		6.50	%		6/16/2021		6/16/2028		2,011		1,978		1,991
Total Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans																$	27,169	$	27,286
Total Investments (4) — 186.7%																$	27,169	$	27,286
Cash Equivalents — 136.9%
U.S. Treasury Bill	Government										12/31/2021		1/25/2022	$	20,000	$	20,000	$	20,000
Total Investments & Cash Equivalents— 323.6%																$	47,169	$	47,286
Liabilities in Excess of Other Assets — (223.6%)																			(32,674	)
Net Assets — 100.0%																	$ 14,612

(1) Floating rate debt investments typically bear interest at a rate determined by reference to either the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” o r “L”) index rate or the prime index rate (PRIME or “P”), and which typically reset monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. For each debt investment SLR HC BDC LLC (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) has provided the current interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2021.

(2) Floating rate instruments accrue interest at a predetermined spread relative to an index, typically the LIBOR or PRIME rate. These instruments are often subject to a LIBOR or PRIME rate floor.

(3) Indicates assets that the Company believes may not represent “qualifying assets” under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”), as amended.   If we fail to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be prevented from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies or could be required to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to comply with the 1940 Act. As of December 31, 2021, on a fair value basis, non-qualifying assets in the portfolio represented 12.6% of the total assets of the Company.

(4) Aggregate net unrealized depreciation for U.S. federal income tax purposes is $136; aggregate gross unrealized appreciation and depreciation for U.S. federal tax purposes is $125 and $261, respectively, based on a tax cost of $27,422. The Company generally acquires its investments in private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). These investments are generally subject to certain limitations on resale, and may be deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act. All investments are Level 3 unless otherwise indicated.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

86

SLR HC BDC LLC

Schedule of Investments (continued)

December 31, 2021

(in thousands)

Industry Classification	Percentage of Total Investments (at fair value) as of December 31, 2021
Health Care Providers & Services		42.4	%
Biotechnology		15.8	%
IT Services		12.3	%
Pharmaceuticals		12.3	%
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		7.3	%
Life Science Tools & Services		6.6	%
Health Care Technology		3.3	%
Total Investments		100.0	%

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

87

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 1. Organization

SLR HC BDC LLC (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on July 7, 2020 as a

closed-end,

externally managed

investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“the 1940 Act”). Furthermore, as the Company is an investment company, it applies the guidance in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company elected to be treated, and intends to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As a BDC and a RIC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. The Company was formed primarily to provide investors with attractive long-term returns through investments made pursuant to the investment strategy of the Company described below. SLR Capital Partners, LLC (the “Adviser” or “SLR”) serves as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Investment Management Agreement”).

In connection with the Company’s formation, the Company issued and sold 40 units to the Adviser (the “Initial Unitholder”), which were acquired for an initial

capital contribution of $1 on January 5, 2021 in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has closed on $83,850 in capital commitments. The Company’s initial drawdown occurred on March 8, 2021 with the sale and issuance of units at an aggregate purchase price of $3,500 or $29.30 per unit. Prior to the issuance of units on March 8, 2021, the Initial Unitholder’s initial seed capital was withdrawn from the Company and its Units were canceled. As of December 31, 2022, $20,000 of capital commitments were drawn and $63,850 were unfunded.

The Company pursues a corporate lending strategy focused on direct sourcing, underwriting and managing a diverse portfolio of private loans to U.S. healthcare

companies. The Company’s principal focus is to invest in two differentiated strategies: first lien healthcare cash flow loans and first lien life science loans. First lien healthcare cash flow loans are expected to be made to private equity-owned upper middle market healthcare companies with EBITDA between approximately $25,000 and $100,000. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $100,000 to $300,000. Healthcare cash flow loans are generally expected to have a five to six year final maturity and are often repaid within three years. First lien life science loans are expected to be made to venture capital owned

pre-commercialization

or early revenue drug and device development companies. These loan tranches are expected to range in size from $25,000 to $150,000. Loans to life science companies are generally expected to have an initial interest-only period and then straight-line amortization with a four to five year final maturity. These loans are often repaid within two to three years. The Company expects to primarily invest in

non-investment

grade debt instruments. The Company also expects that some of its investments will contain delayed-draw term loan type features (which is a legally binding commitment by the Company to fund additional term loans to a borrower in the future) and/or other types of unfunded commitments.

The Company is organized for investors who may invest through one or more investment funds created by one or more financial institutions unaffiliated with the Company (collectively, the “Access Fund”). The Company was permitted to hold closings at any time during the offering period (the “Offering Period”), which ended on December 31, 2022. The term of the Company is expected to be seven years from the Company’s final closing with the Access Fund, which was held on February 11, 2021, unless the Company is terminated earlier or causes the units (or securities into which the units are converted or exchanged) to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”) as set forth in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”), but may be extended by the board of directors for up to two consecutive one year periods upon approval of the Company’s independent directors and the approval of unitholders of the Company (“Unitholders”), which approval will be obtained through a

non-1940

Act vote as described in Item 11 of the Company’s Form 10. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up prior to the end of the term under the circumstances set forth in the LLC Agreement. The fiscal year end of the Company is

December 31.

88

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

At any time prior to the end of the term, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the board of directors may, without the approval of Unitholders, cause the units (or securities into which the units are converted or exchanged) to be listed for trading on a national securities exchange. In connection with any such exchange listing, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act and applicable law, the board of directors may, without the approval of Unitholders, cause the Company to complete (i) an initial public offering, (ii) a merger with another entity, including an affiliated company, subject to any limitations under the 1940 Act, (iii) the sale, exchange or disposition of all or a portion of the assets of the Company, or (iv) a conversion of the Company into a corporation incorporated in a state determined by the board of directors, either through a conversion in accordance with applicable law, a merger with or into an existing corporation, or otherwise, in which all units will be converted into or exchanged for shares of common stock of the resulting corporation. If the Company is unable to effectuate an exchange listing prior to the end of the term, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to wind down or liquidate pursuant to the procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of the Company and certain wholly-owned subsidiaries, if any. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassifications which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of the operations and financial condition for the periods presented. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts may have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form

10-K

and Regulation

S-X,

as appropriate, also requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reported periods. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining these estimates could cause actual results to differ materially.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments which are of a normal recurring nature and considered necessary for the fair presentation of financial statements, have been included.

The significant accounting policies consistently followed by the Company are:

(a) Investment transactions are accounted for on the trade date;

(b) In accordance with GAAP and the 1940 Act, the Company’s assets will generally be valued as follows:

(i) securities or other instruments (other than as referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) below) for which market quotes are readily available and deemed to represent fair value under U.S. GAAP will be valued based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, market makers or pricing services (when deemed to represent fair value under U.S. GAAP). A market quotation is readily available for a security only when that quotation is a quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical investments that the Company can access at the measurement date, provided that a quotation will not be readily available if it is not reliable. If the Company anticipates using a market quotation for a security, it will also monitor for circumstances that may necessitate the use of fair value, such as significant events that may cause concern over the reliability of a market quotation;

(ii) exchange-traded options, futures and options on futures will be valued at the settlement price determined by the exchange or through the use of a model such as Black-Scholes;

(iii) short-term investments with maturities of sixty (60) days or less generally will be valued at amortized cost; and

89

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

(iv) securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available or reliable under U.S. GAAP will be valued as described below:

a. the quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of SLR responsible for the portfolio investment;

b. preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Adviser;

c. the audit committee of the Board of Directors ( the “Board”) reviews the preliminary valuations of the Adviser and third party valuation specialist, if any, and responds to the valuation recommendations to reflect any comments; and

d. the Board discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Adviser, the audit committee, and third party valuation specialist, if any, which may from time to time be engaged by the Board.

The valuation principles set forth above may be modified from time to time without notice to Unitholders, in whole or in part, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

The Board will also (1) periodically assess and manage valuation risks; (2) establish and apply fair value methodologies; (3) test fair value methodologies; (4) oversee and evaluate third-party pricing services, as applicable; (5) oversee the reporting required by Rule

2a-5

under the 1940 Act; and (6) maintain recordkeeping requirements under Rule

2a-5.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, the Company will consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate the valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

Investments are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. However, in accordance with ASC

820-10,

certain investments that qualify as investment companies in accordance with ASC 946, may be valued using net asset value as a practical expedient for fair value. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation approaches to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, and enterprise values, among other factors. When available, broker quotations and/or quotations provided by pricing services are considered as an input in the valuation process. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, there has been no change to the Company’s valuation approaches or techniques and the nature of the related inputs considered in the valuation process.

ASC Topic 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:

Level

 1

: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by the Company at the measurement date.

90

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Level

 2

: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level

 3

: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment. The exercise of judgment is based in part on our knowledge of the asset class and our prior experience.

(c) Gains or losses on investments are calculated by using the specific identification method.

(d) The Company records dividend income and interest, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, on an accrual basis. Loan origination fees, original issue discount, and market discounts are capitalized and we amortize such amounts into income using the effective interest method. Upon the prepayment of a loan, any unamortized loan origination fees are recorded as interest income. We record call premiums on loans repaid as interest income when we receive such amounts. Capital structuring fees, amendment fees, consent fees, and any other non-recurring fee income as well as management fee and other fee income for services rendered, if any, are recorded as other income when earned.

(e) The Company intends to comply with the applicable provisions of the Code pertaining to regulated investment companies to make distributions of taxable income sufficient to relieve it of substantially all U.S. federal income taxes. The Company, at its discretion, may carry forward taxable income in excess of calendar year distributions and pay a 4% excise tax on this income. The Company will accrue excise tax on such estimated excess taxable income as appropriate.

(f) Book and tax basis differences relating to Unitholder distributions and other permanent book and tax differences are typically reclassified among the Company’s capital accounts annually. In addition, the character of income and gains to be distributed is determined in accordance with income tax regulations that may differ from GAAP; accordingly at December 31, 2022, there were no reclassifications on our balance sheet between accumulated distributable net loss and common Unitholders’ capital.

(g) Distributions to Unitholders are recorded as of the record date. The amount to be paid out as a distribution is determined by the Board. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed or deemed distributed at least annually.

(h) In accordance with Regulation S-X and ASC Topic 810— Consolidation , the Company consolidates its interest in controlled investment company subsidiaries, financing subsidiaries and certain wholly-owned holding companies that serve to facilitate investment in portfolio companies. In addition, the Company may also consolidate any controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

(i) The accounting records of the Company are maintained in U.S. dollars. Any assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars based on the rate of exchange of such currencies against the U.S. dollar on the date of valuation. The Company will not isolate that portion of the results of operations resulting from changes in foreign exchange rates on investments from the fluctuations arising from changes in market prices of securities held. Such fluctuations would be included with the net unrealized gain or loss from investments. The Company’s investments in foreign securities, if any, may involve certain risks, including without limitation: foreign exchange restrictions, expropriation, taxation or other political, social or economic risks, all of which could affect the market and/or credit risk of the investment. In addition, changes in the relationship of foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar can significantly affect the value of these investments in terms of U.S. dollars and therefore the earnings of the Company.

(j) In accordance with ASC 835-30, the Company reports origination and other expenses related to certain debt issuances, if any, as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability. Applicable expenses are deferred and amortized using either the effective interest method or the straight-line method over the stated life. The straight-line method may be used on revolving facilities and/or when it approximates the effective yield method.

91

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

(k) The Company records expenses related to applicable equity offering costs as a charge to capital upon the sale of units, in accordance with ASC 946-20-25.

(l) Investments that are expected to pay regularly scheduled interest in cash are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest cash payments will be collected. Such non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status if past due principal and interest are paid in cash, and in management’s judgment, are likely to continue timely payment of their remaining principal and interest obligations. Cash interest payments received on such investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending on management’s judgment.

(m) The Company records expenses directly related to its organization as incurred.

(n) The Company defines cash equivalents as securities that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. Generally, only securities with a maturity of three months or less would qualify, with limited exceptions. The Company believes that certain U.S. Treasury bills, repurchase agreements and other high-quality, short-term debt securities would qualify as cash equivalents.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In March 2020, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update

No. 2020-04,

“Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” The guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications, hedging relationships and other transactions, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of the reference rate reform. ASU

2020-04

is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company has determined that the adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

Note 3. Agreements and Related Party Transactions

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement we have entered into with the Adviser, we

will

pay the Adviser certain management and incentive fees prior to and following an Exchange Listing. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Adviser has been appointed to provide administrative and coordination services to the Company (in such capacity, the “Administrative Coordinator”). The Company will pay an administration fee to the Administrative Coordinator for such administrative and coordination services, each as defined and described further below. Following an Exchange Listing, we intend to enter into a separate administration agreement with an affiliate pursuant to which administrative services would be provided to the Company, as described further below. The cost of the base management fee, the incentive fee and the administration fee will ultimately be borne by our Unitholders.

Management Fees

The Company

pays

the Adviser a management fee prior to an Exchange Listing (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the “Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee”) and

will pay

a management fee following an Exchange Listing (as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement, the “Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee” and, together with the Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee, the “Management Fee”). The Management Fee will be payable quarterly in arrears, as follows:

92

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

• Pre-Exchange Listing . Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Pre-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be calculated as of the close of business on the last day of each calendar quarter in an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of Invested Capital (defined as, as of any date, the sum of (i) capital contributions to the Company used to make Portfolio Investments and (ii) the total amount of credit drawn on subscription or similarly structured credit facilities).

• Post-Exchange Listing . Following an Exchange Listing, the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be an amount equal to 1.50% per annum of the average value of the Company’s total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters; provided, however, the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the average value of the Company’s total assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters that exceeds the product of (i) 200% and (ii) the value of the Company’s total net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

The Management Fee will be appropriately adjusted for any stub period. The Adviser may arrange for the Company to direct to a placement agent any portion of the Management Fee which the Adviser is owed for purposes of paying any placement fee that the Adviser owes to such placement agent.

The Adviser will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, the Management Fee to which the Adviser is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such Management Fee may be recouped by the Adviser in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the Management Fee.

Incentive Fee

Distributions

. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Company makes distributions out of two categories: Current Proceeds and Disposition Proceeds (collectively referred to as “Investment Proceeds”). “Disposition Proceeds” means all amounts received by the Company upon the disposition of an investment, including full or partial repayments or amortization of principal (but excluding Current Proceeds). “Current Proceeds” means all proceeds from investments, including interest income, fee income, prepayment fees and exit fees, other than Disposition Proceeds, less Company expenses. The Adviser apportions each Unitholder’s pro rata share of Investment Proceeds between Disposition Proceeds and Current Proceeds.

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee

.Prior to an Exchange Listing, and subject to availability, the Company will cause distributable cash to be distributed to Unitholders and to be paid to the Adviser as an incentive fee (the

“Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee”). Amounts of Investment Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders are divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and the Adviser, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(i) Disposition Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders shall be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and paid to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(A) First, Return of Capital Contributions:

100

% to such Unitholder until such Unitholders has received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds pursuant to this clause (A) equal to such Unitholder’s total capital contributions to the Company (including amounts contributed to pay

Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fees,

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fees (defined below), Organizational Expenses (defined below) and other Company expenses);

93

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

(B) Second, Unitholder Preferred Return:

100

% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to Unitholders until they have each received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds, without duplication, pursuant to this clause (B) and clause (D) below and clause (ii)(A) and (ii)(C) below equal to

6

% per annum, compounded annually, on Unitholders’ capital contributions to the Company (including amounts contributed to pay

Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fees,

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fees, Organizational Expenses and other Company expenses), determined on the basis of all capital contributions made by such Unitholder and considering all distributions (including the subject distribution) under this

“—Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee” made to such Unitholder (computed from the dates that such capital contributions were due (or, if actually made later, the date on which such capital contributions were actually made) until the date that the Company, in its sole discretion, designates distributable cash as available for distribution or, if no such designation is made, the occurrence of an Event of Dissolution, as defined in the LLC Agreement) (the “Preferred

Return”);

(C) Third, Adviser Catch Up:

100

% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, until the Adviser has received payments of Investment Proceeds with respect to Unitholders pursuant to this clause (C) and clause (ii)(B) below equal to

10

% of the total amounts due to Unitholders and earned by the Adviser pursuant to clause (B) above and this clause (C) and clause (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) below;

and

(D) Fourth, 90%/10%: 90% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to Unitholders and 10% of all remaining Disposition Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts of

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees under clause (i)(C) and (i)(D) above in excess of the percentage of the Disposition Proceeds actually distributed to Unitholders pursuant to clause (i)(B), (i)(C) and (i)(D) above.

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts attributable to Disposition Proceeds that, as of any distribution or payment date, exceeds 20% of cumulative realized capital gains net of all cumulative realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation.

(ii) Current Proceeds apportioned to Unitholders shall be divided between and distributed to Unitholders, on the one hand, and paid to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee, on the other hand, in the following amounts and order of priority:

(A) First, Unitholder Preferred Return: 100% of all Current Proceeds to Unitholders until Unitholders have received cumulative distributions of Investment Proceeds, without duplication, pursuant to this clause (A) and clause (C) below and pursuant to clause (i)(B) and clause (i)(D) above equal to the Preferred Return;

(B) Second, Adviser Catch Up: Second, 100% of all remaining Current Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee until the Adviser has received payments of Investment Proceeds with respect to Unitholders pursuant to this clause (B) and clause (i)(C) above equal to 10% of the total amounts due to Unitholders and earned by the Adviser pursuant to clause (A) above and this clause (B) and pursuant to clause (i)(B) and clause (i)(C) above; and

(C) Third, 90%/10%: Thereafter, 90% of all remaining Current Proceeds to Unitholders and 10% of all remaining Current Proceeds to the Adviser as a

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee.

94

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

In no event will the Adviser receive amounts of

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive

Fees

under clause (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) above in excess of the percentage of the Current Proceeds actually distributed to Unitholders pursuant to clause (ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(C) above.

Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee

. Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an incentive fee to the Adviser consisting of two parts, as follows (the “Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee”):

(i) Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income. One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter.

a. For this purpose, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued by the Company during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Post-Exchange Listing Management Fees, expenses payable under an administration agreement, and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee).

b. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6.00% annualized). The Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income used to calculate this part of the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee is also included in the amount of its gross assets used to calculate the 1.50% Post-Exchange Listing Management Fees.

c. The Company will pay the Adviser a Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows:

i. no Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the quarterly hurdle rate of 1.50%;

95

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

ii. 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized); this portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the hurdle but is less than 1.875%) is referred to herein as the “catch-up.” The “catch-up” is meant to provide the Adviser with 20% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if a hurdle did not apply if this Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter; and

iii. 20% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 1.875% in any calendar quarter (7.5% annualized) payable to the Adviser (once the hurdle is reached and the catch-up is achieved, 20% of all Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income thereafter is allocated to the Adviser).

These calculations will be

appropriately pro-rated for

any period of less than three months.

Capital Gains Fee

. The second part

of the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee, the “Capital Gains Fee”, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Management Agreement as set forth below), commencing as of the end of the first fiscal year following an Exchange Listing, and will equal 20.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains, if any, on a cumulative basis through the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation as of each fiscal year end, less the amount of any previously paid capital gain Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees, with respect to the Company; provided that the Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee determined as of the end of the fiscal year in which an Exchange Listing is completed will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation. In the event that the Investment Management Agreement will terminate as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying a Capital Gains

Fee.

The Adviser will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive or reduce, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, all or any portion of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee to which the Adviser is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fees may be recouped by the Adviser in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee.

The Adviser may arrange for the Company to direct to a placement agent any portion of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fee or Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee which the Adviser is owed for purposes of paying any placement fee that the Adviser owes to such placement agent.

Administration Fees and Expenses

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fees

. The Company

will pay SLR, in its capacity as the Administrative Coordinator, a fee (the

“Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee”), calculated as of the close of business in New York, New York on the last day of each calendar quarter (the “Administration Fee Calculation Date”), in an amount equal to 0.08% per annum of the average Cost Basis (defined as, as of any date, the aggregate accreted and amortized cost of all Portfolio Investments, including (i) any amounts reinvested in Portfolio Investments and (ii) the cost of Portfolio Investments acquired using leverage), as measured on the last day of the preceding quarter and the last day of the current quarter for the period ended and payable quarterly in arrears after such Administration Fee Calculation Date. The

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee will not offset any fees paid to the Adviser. The Administrative Coordinator will be responsible for all expenses of its own staff responsible for (i) certain

on-going,

routine,

non-investment-related

administrative services for the Company, (ii) the coordination of various third party services needed or required by the Company and (iii) certain Unitholder servicing functions.

The

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee will be appropriately adjusted for any stub period.

96

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

The Administrative

Coordinator will have the right, in its sole discretion, to waive, as well as recoup in a subsequent period, the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee to which it is entitled in respect of all Unitholders’ Units in any particular calendar quarter. Any such

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee may be recouped by the Administrative Coordinator in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable waiver of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee.

Post-Exchange Listing Administration Expenses

. In connection

with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SLR Capital Management, LLC (“SCM”) pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement (together with the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee, the “Administration Expenses”).

For the year ended December

 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021, the Company incurred $419 and $224, respectively, in Management Fees, $27 and $9, respectively, in Administration Fees and $0 and $0, respectively in Incentive Fees.

In addition, prior to an Exchange

Listing, the aggregate amount of the operating expenses relating to Unitholders investing directly in the Company will not exceed the following limits in any fiscal year: (A) if the Company has less than or equal to $400,000 in Commitments, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the product of the Commitments and 0.0025 and (y) $1,250, or (B) if the Company has greater than $400,000 in Commitments, $2,250 (such figure, the “Operating Expense Cap”). Any amount in excess of the Operating Expense Cap for any fiscal year will be paid by the Adviser. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Operating Expense Cap will not apply to any fees, costs, expenses and liabilities allocable to persons investing indirectly in the Company through any Unitholder, (ii) the Company will not bear the costs of any third-party valuation agent engaged solely for purposes of valuing the Company’s portfolio investments at each quarter end and (iii) the Operating Expense Cap will no longer apply upon the effectuation of an Exchange Listing.

The Adviser or Administrative

Coordinator and/or their affiliates has advanced organizational and offering expenses to the Company, which include organizational fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of the Company, including legal expenses, incurred in connection with the initial offering of Units and the formation and establishment of the Company (the “Organizational Expenses”). The Adviser or Administrative Coordinator (or such affiliate) will be reimbursed by the Company for such advanced costs and expenses in an amount not to exceed $500. The Company will be responsible for and pay (or reimburse) the Organizational Expenses subject to the cap described in the preceding sentence. Accordingly, in 2021, $177 of offering expenses were charged to capital and $229 of organizational costs were expensed.

97

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 4. Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value that includes a hierarchy used to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as

follows:

Level

 1.

 Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Company has the ability to access.

Level

 2.

 Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or model inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:

a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;

c) Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

d) Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data through correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level

 3.

Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. These inputs reflect management’s and, if applicable, an independent third-party valuation firm’s own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.

When the inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. For example, a Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are observable (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable (Level 3).

Gains and losses for assets and liabilities categorized within the Level 3 table below may include changes in fair value that are attributable to both observable inputs (Levels 1 and 2) and unobservable inputs (Level 3).

A review of fair value hierarchy classifications is conducted on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of valuation inputs may result in a reclassification for certain financial assets or liabilities. Such reclassifications involving Level 3 assets and liabilities are reported as transfers in/out of Level 3 as of the end of the quarter in which the reclassifications occur. Within the fair value hierarchy tables below, cash and cash equivalents are excluded but could be classified as Level 1.

98

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

The following tables present the balances of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:

Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2022

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans	$	—	$	—	$	43,886	$	43,886
Warrants		—		—		11		11
Total Investments	$	—	$	—	$	43,897	$	43,897

While the Company has not made an election to apply the fair value option of accounting to any of its debt obligations, if the Company’s debt obligations were carried at fair value at December 31, 2022, the fair value of the SPV Facility and the Subscription Facility would be $14,675 and $13,800, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

As of December 31, 2021

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Assets:
Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans	$	—	$	—	$	27,286	$	27,286

99

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

The following tables provides a summary of the changes in fair value of Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as the portion of gains or losses included in income attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to those assets still held at December 31, 2022:

	Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans			Warrants			Total
Fair value, December 31, 2021	$	27,286		$	—		$	27,286
Total gains or losses included in earnings:
Net realized gain		—			—			—
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)		192			(14	)		178
Purchase of investment securities		28,713			25			28,738
Proceeds from dispositions of investment securities		(12,305	)		—			(12,305	)
Transfers into Level 3		—			—			—
Transfers out of Level 3		—			—			—
Fair value, December 31, 2022	$	43,886		$	11		$	43,897
Unrealized gains (losses) for the period relating to those Level 3 assets that were still held by the Company at the end of the period:
Net change in unrealized gain (loss)	$	243		$	(14	)	$	229

The following table provides a summary of the changes in fair value of Level 3 assets for the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021, as well as the portion of gains or losses included in income attributable to unrealized gains or losses related to those assets still held at December 31, 2021:

	Bank Debt/Senior Secured Loans
Fair value, January 5, 2021	$	—
Total gains or losses included in earnings:
Net realized loss		—
Net change in unrealized gain		117
Purchase of investment securities		34,043
Proceeds from dispositions of investment securities		(6,874	)
Transfers into Level 3		—
Transfers out of Level 3		—
Fair value, December 31, 2021	$	27,286
Unrealized gains for the period relating to those Level 3 assets that were still held by the Company at the end of the period:
Net change in unrealized gain	$	117

100

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Quantitative Information about Level3 Fair Value Measurements

The Company typically determines the fair value of its performing debt investments utilizing a yield analysis. In a yield analysis, a price is ascribed for each investment based upon an assessment of current and expected market yields for similar investments and risk profiles. Additional consideration is given to current contractual interest rates, relative maturities and other key terms and risks associated with an investment. Among other factors, a significant determinant of risk is the amount of leverage used by the portfolio company relative to the total enterprise value of the company, and the rights and remedies of our investment within each portfolio company.

Significant unobservable quantitative inputs typically used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities primarily reflect current market yields, including indices, and readily available quotes from brokers, dealers, and pricing services as indicated by comparable assets and liabilities, as well as enterprise values, returns on equity and earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiples of similar companies, and comparable market transactions for equity securities.

Quantitative information about the Company’s Level 3 asset fair value measurements as of December 31, 2022 is summarized in the table below:

	Asset or Liability	Fair Value at December 31, 2022		Principal Valuation Technique/Methodology	Unobservable Input	Range (Weighted Average)
Bank Debt / Senior Secured Loans	Asset	$	43,886	Income Approach	Market Yield		9.8% – 18.2% (12.5%)
Warrants	Asset	$	11	Market Approach	Volatility		26.0% – 26.0% (26.0%)

Significant increases or decreases in any of the above unobservable inputs in isolation, including unobservable inputs used in deriving

bid-ask

spreads, if applicable, would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement for such assets. Generally, an increase in market yields may result in a decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s investments.

Quantitative information about the Company’s Level 3 asset fair value measurements as of December 31, 2021 is summarized in the table below:

	Asset or Liability	Fair Value at December 31, 2021		Principal Valuation Technique/Methodology	Unobservable Input	Range (Weighted Average)
Bank Debt / Senior Secured Loans	Asset	$	27,286	Income Approach	Market Yield		6.1% – 12.1% (8.9%)

Significant increases or decreases in any of the above unobservable inputs in isolation, including unobservable inputs used in deriving

bid-ask

spreads, if applicable, would result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement for such assets. Generally, an increase in market yields may result in a decrease in the fair value of certain of the Company’s investments.

101

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 5. Debt

SPV Facility

—On February 18, 2022, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, SLR HC BDC SPV LLC (the “SPV”), entered into the $50,000 SPV Facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acting as administrative agent. The commitment can also be expanded up to $75,000. The stated interest rate on the SPV Facility is Term SOFR plus 2.90% with no SOFR floor requirement and the final maturity date is February 18, 2027. The fee on undrawn commitments is currently 0.875%. The SPV Facility is secured by all of the assets held by the SPV. Under the terms of the SPV Facility, the Company and SPV, as applicable, have made certain customary representations and warranties, and are required to comply with various covenants, including leverage restrictions, reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The SPV also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. There were $14,675 of borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2022 under the SPV Facility.

Subscription Facility

—On March 19, 2021, the Company established the $25,000 Subscription Facility with ING Capital LLC. The stated interest rate on the Subscription Facility is LIBOR plus

2.75-3.00%

and the current stated maturity date is March 19, 2023. On December 14, 2021, the Subscription Facility was amended, allowing for increased borrowing base availability, among other changes. Under the terms of the Subscription Facility, the Company has made certain customary representations and warranties, and is required to comply with various covenants, including reporting requirements and other customary requirements for similar credit facilities. The Subscription Facility also includes usual and customary events of default for credit facilities of this nature. As of December 31, 2022, there were $13,800 of borrowings outstanding under the Subscription Facility.

The average annualized interest cost for borrowings for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period March 19, 2021 (commencement of the Subscription Facility) to December 31, 2021 was 4.88% and 3.05%, respectively. These costs are exclusive of other credit facility expenses such as unused fees. The maximum amount borrowed on the credit facilities during the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period March 19, 2021 (commencement of the Subscription Facility) to December 31, 2021 was $32,775 and $15,550, respectively.

102

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company had unfunded debt commitments to various revolving and delayed-draw term loans. The total amount of these unfunded commitments as of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is $15,513 and $13,664, respectively, comprised of the following:

	December 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Outset Medical, Inc.	$	3,052	$	—
Apeel Technology, Inc.		2,852		—
Glooko, Inc.		1,633		2,722
SCP Eye Care, LLC		968		—
Oral Surgery Partners Holdings, LLC		843		—
Plastics Management, LLC		794		1,161
Arcutis Biotherapeutics, Inc.		786		4,716
Spectrum Pharmaceuticals, Inc.		763		—
Ardelyx, Inc.		696		—
Southern Orthodontic Partners Management, LLC		670		—
Pediatric Home Respiratory Services, LLC		630		—
Cerapedics, Inc.		623		—
Orthopedic Care Partners Management, LLC		566		—
Meditrina, Inc.		312		—
Ivy Fertility Services, LLC		128		492
BayMark Health Services, Inc.		128		226
SunMed Group Holdings, LLC		69		111
BridgeBio Pharma, Inc.		—		2,500
Rezolute, Inc.		—		619
SOC Telemed, Inc.		—		485
RQM+ Corp.		—		414
MMIT Holdings, LLC		—		218
Total Commitments	$	15,513	$	13,664

The credit agreements of the above loan commitments contain customary lending provisions and/or are subject to the portfolio company’s achievement of certain milestones that allow relief to the Company from funding obligations for previously made commitments in instances where the underlying company experiences materially adverse events that affect the financial condition or business outlook for the company. Since these commitments may expire without being drawn upon, unfunded commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements or future earning assets for the Company. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had sufficient cash available and/or liquid securities available to fund its commitments and had reviewed them for any appropriate fair value

adjustment.

In the normal course of business, we invest or trade in various financial instruments and may enter into various investment activities with

off-balance

sheet risk, which may include forward foreign currency contracts. Generally, these financial instruments represent future commitments to purchase or sell other financial instruments at specific terms at future dates. These financial instruments contain varying degrees of

off-balance

sheet risk whereby changes in the market value or our satisfaction of the obligations may exceed the amount recognized in our Statement of Assets and Liabilities.

103

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 7. Unitholders’ Capital

Transactions in Unitholders’ capital were as follows:

	Year ended December 31, 2022		For the period January 5, 2021* to December 31, 2021
Units at beginning of period		682,427		—
Units issued		206,138		682,467
Units canceled		—		(40	)
Units issued and outstanding at end of period		888,565		682,427

* Commencement of operations

104

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 8. Financial Highlights

The following is a schedule of financial highlights for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021:

	Year ended December 31, 2022			For the period January 5, 2021* to December 31, 2021
Per Share Data: (a)
Net asset value per unit, beginning of period	$	21.41		$	—
Net investment income (loss)		1.07			(2.97	)
Net realized and unrealized gain		0.26			0.40
Net increase (decrease) in Unitholders’ capital resulting from operations		1.33			(2.57	)
Distributions to Unitholders:
From distributable earnings		(0.97	)		—
Issuance of  initial units		—			24.62	**
Offering costs		—			(0.64	)
Net asset value per unit, end of period	$	21.77		$	21.41
Total Return (b)(c)		6.21	%		(26.93	)%
Unitholders’ capital, end of period	$	19,348		$	14,612
Units outstanding, end of period		888,565			682,427
Ratios to average net assets of Unitholders’ Capital (c):
Net investment income (loss)		4.91	%		(16.59	)%
Operating expenses		6.61	%		29.12	%
Interest and other credit facility expenses		12.33	%		8.02	%
Total expenses		18.94	%		37.14	%
Average debt outstanding	$	20,453		$	7,352
Portfolio turnover ratio		36.5	%		59.7	%

(a) Calculated using the average units outstanding method. Weighted average units outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period March 8, 2021 (date of first sale of units) through December 31, 2021 were 720,266 and 276,929, respectively.

(b) Calculated as the change in NAV per unit during the period plus distributions declared per unit, divided by the beginning NAV per unit. Total return does not include a sales load.

(c) Not annualized for periods less than one year.

* Commencement of operations

** Includes the impact of the different unit amounts used in calculating per unit data as a result of calculating certain per unit data based upon the weighted average units outstanding during the period and certain per unit data based on the units outstanding as of a period end.

105

SLR HC BDC LLC

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued) 

December 31, 2022

(in thousands, except unit amounts)

Note 9(a). Income Tax Information and Distributions to Unitholders

The tax character of distributions for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021 were as follows(1):

	2022				2021
Ordinary income	$	603	86.5	%	$	—	0.0	%
Capital gains		94	13.5	%		—	0.0	%
Return of capital		—	0.0	%		—	0.0	%
Total distributions	$	697	100.0	%	$	—	0.0	%

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021 the total accumulated earnings (loss) on a tax basis were as follows (1):

	2022			2021
Undistributed ordinary income	$	155		$	—
Undistributed long-term net capital gains		—			—
Total undistributed net earnings		155			—
Post-October capital losses		—			—
Capital loss carryforward		—			—
Other book/tax temporary differences		(197	)		(213	)
Net unrealized depreciation		(71	)		(136	)
Total tax accumulated loss	$	(113	)	$	(349	)

(1) Tax information for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021 are/were estimates and are not final until the Company files its tax returns, typically in October each year.

The Company recognizes in its consolidated financial statements the tax effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. To the best of our knowledge, we did not have any uncertain tax positions that met the recognition or measurement criteria of ASC

740-10-25

nor did we have any unrecognized tax benefits as of the periods presented herein. Although we file federal and state tax returns, our major tax jurisdiction is federal. Our tax returns for federal tax years since 2021 remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the state department of revenue.

Note 9(b). Other Tax Information (unaudited)

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, none of the distributions paid during the year were eligible for qualified dividend income treatment or the dividends received deduction for corporate stockholders. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, 99.58% of each of the distributions paid during the year represent interest-related dividends. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, none of the distributions represent short-term capital gains dividends. There were no distributions during the period January 5, 2021 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2021.

Note 10. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued. There have been no subsequent events that require recognition or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

106

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2022 (the end of the period covered by this report), our management, including our

Co-Chief

Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule

13a-15(e)

of the 1934 Act). Based on that evaluation, our management, including the

Co-Chief

Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and provided reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our periodic SEC filings is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our

Co-Chief

Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. However, in evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of such possible controls and procedures.

(b) Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 based upon the criteria in the 2013 Internal Control —   Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on management’s assessment, management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2022.

Due to the Company’s status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, the Company was not required to obtain an attestation report from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022.

(c) Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

Management has not identified any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2022 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not Applicable.

107

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Certain information with respect to the Company’s directors is set forth below, including their names, ages, a brief description of their recent business experience, including present occupations and employment, certain directorships that each person holds, the year in which each person became a director of the Company, and a discussion of their particular experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that lead the Company to conclude that such individual should serve as a director of the Company, in light of the Company’s business and structure. There were no legal proceedings of the type described in Item 401(f) of Regulation

S-K

in the past 10 years against any of the directors, director nominees, officers, or promoters of the Company and none are currently pending. There is no arrangement or understanding between any of the Company’s directors or officers pursuant to which they were selected as directors or officers and the Company or any other person or entity.

Mr. Gross is an “interested person” of the Company as defined in the 1940 Act due to his position as

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and President of the Company and a managing member of the Adviser. Mr. Spohler is an “interested person” of the Company as defined in the 1940 Act due to his position as

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and a managing member of the Adviser. Each of Mr. Wachter, Mr. Hochberg and Mr. Potter is not an “interested person” of the Company as defined in the 1940 Act. Information regarding the Board is as follows:

Name	Age		Position	Director Since
Interested Directors
Michael S. Gross		61	Co-Chief Executive Officer, President and Director	2020
Bruce Spohler		62	Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director	2020
Independent Directors
Steve Hochberg		61	Director	2020
David S. Wachter		59	Director	2020
Leonard A. Potter		61	Director	2020

The address for each of our directors is c/o SLR HC BDC LLC, 500 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Name	Age		Position
Richard L. Peteka		61	Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Guy Talarico		67	Chief Compliance Officer

Biographical Information

Interested Directors

Michael S. Gross

 has been the chairman of the board of directors, President, and

Co-Chief

Executive Officer of the Company since September 2020. Mr. Gross has been the chairman of the board of directors of SLR Investment Corp. since December 2007, president of SLR Investment Corp. since November 2007, sole chief executive officer of SLR Investment Corp. from November 2007 to June 2019 and

co-chief

executive officer of SLR Investment Corp. since June 2019. Mr. Gross has been the chairman of the board of directors SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since May 2018, president of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since June 2018, sole chief executive officer of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC from June 2018 to June 2019 and co-chief executive officer of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since June 2019. Mr. Gross has been the chairman of the board of directors,

co-chief

executive officer and president of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. Mr. Gross also currently serves as a managing member of SLR. Mr. Gross was previously the chairman of the board of directors and president of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from December 2010 to April 2022, sole chief executive officer of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from December 2010 to June 2019 and co-chief executive officer of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from June 2019 to April 2022. Mr. Gross also serves as the chairman of the board of directors of Global Ship Lease Inc.

Mr. Gross holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Michigan and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Gross’ intimate knowledge of the business and operations of SLR Capital Partners, extensive familiarity with the financial industry and the investment management process in particular, and experience as a director of other public and private companies not only gives the Board valuable insight but also positions him well to continue to serve as the Chairman of our Board.

108

Bruce Spohler

 has been a director, Chief Operating Officer and

Co-Chief

Executive Officer of the Company since September 2020. Mr. Spohler has been a director of SLR Investment Corp. since September 2009, chief operating officer of SLR Investment Corp. since December 2007, and

co-chief

executive officer of SLR Investment Corp. since June 2019. Mr. Spohler has been a director of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since May 2018, chief operating officer of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since June 2018 and the co-chief executive officer of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since June 2019. Mr. Spohler has been the

co-chief

executive officer, chief operating officer and a director of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. Mr. Spohler also currently serves as a managing member of SLR. Mr. Spohler was previously the chief operating officer and a director of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from December 2010 to April 2022 and the co-chief executive officer of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from June 2019 to April 2022.

Mr. Spohler earned a B.S. from Syracuse University and an M.M. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Mr. Spohler’s depth of experience in managerial positions in investment management, leveraged finance and financial services, as well as his intimate knowledge of SLR Capital’s business and operations, gives the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and experience on these and other matters.

Independent Directors

Steven Hochberg

 has been a director of the Company since September 2020. Further, he has been a director of SLR Investment Corp. since November 2007, a director of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since May 2018 and a director of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. Mr. Hochberg is the

co-founder

and

co-general

partner of Triatomic Capital G.P. LLC since 2022. Mr. Hochberg previously served as a director of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from January 2011 until April 2022. Mr. Hochberg has been an operating partner of Deerfield Management, a healthcare investing firm, since 2022 and served as a partner of Deerfield Management from 2013 to 2021. Mr. Hochberg is

the co-founder and

manager of Ascent Biomedical Ventures, a venture capital firm focused on early stage investment development and of biomedical companies, since 2004. Since 2011, Mr. Hochberg had been the chairman of the board of directors Continuum Health Partners, one of the

largest non-profit hospital

systems in New York City, until its merger with Mount Sinai in 2013, where he is a vice chairman of Mount Sinai Health System,

a non-profit healthcare

integrated delivery system in New York City. Mr. Hochberg serves on the board of directors of a number of private healthcare companies, and as a director of the Cardiovascular Research Foundation, an organization focused on advancing new technologies and education in the field of cardiovascular medicine. Mr. Hochberg holds a B.B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Hochberg’s varied experience in investing in medical technology companies provides the Board with particular knowledge of this field, and his role as chairman of other companies’ board of directors brings the perspective of a knowledgeable corporate leader.

Leonard A. Potter

 has been a director of the Company since September 2020. Further, he has been a director of SLR Investment Corp. since September 2009, a director of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since May 2018 and a director of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. Mr. Potter previously served as a director of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from January 2011 to April 2022. Mr. Potter is currently the president and chief investment officer of Wildcat Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment adviser, since 2011. Mr. Potter has served as senior managing director at Vida Ventures I and II, each a biotech venture fund, since 2017. From December 2002 through July 2009, Mr. Potter was a managing director —   Soros Private Equity at Soros Fund Management LLC where, from May 2005 through July 2009, Mr. Potter served

as co-head of

the Private Equity group and a member of the Private Equity Investment Committee. Mr. Potter is currently a member of the board of directors of Hilton Grand Vacations Inc. since 2017 and a director (currently lead independent director) of SuRo Capital Corp., a publicly-traded BDC since 2011, and several private companies. Mr. Potter has a B.A. from Brandeis University and a J.D. from the Fordham University School of Law. Mr. Potter’s experience practicing as a corporate lawyer provides valuable insight to the Board on regulatory and risk management issues. In addition, his tenure in private equity investments and service as a director of both public and private companies provide industry-specific knowledge and experience to the Board.

David S. Wachter

 has been a director of the Company since September 2020. Further, he has been a director of SLR Investment Corp. since November 2007, a director of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since May 2018 and a director of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. Mr. Wachter previously served as a director of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from January 2011 to April 2022. Mr. Wachter is a founding partner and managing partner of W Capital Partners, a private equity fund manager, since 2001. Mr. Wachter has a B.S. in Engineering, with a major in Computer Science and Applied Mathematics, from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from New York University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Wachter’s extensive knowledge of private equity and investment banking provides the Board with the valuable insight of an experienced financial manager.

109

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Richard L. Peteka

 has been the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company since September 2020. He has been the chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of SLR Investment Corp. since May 2012, the chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since June 2018 and the chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. In addition, Mr. Peteka previously served as the chief financial officer, treasurer and secretary of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from May 2012 to April 2022. Mr. Peteka joined SLR from Apollo Investment Corporation, a publicly-traded BDC, where he served from 2004 to 2012 as the chief financial officer and treasurer. Mr. Peteka holds a B.S. in Finance from The College at Old Westbury and an MBA in International Finance from St. John’s University.

Guy Talarico

 has been the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company since September 2020. He has been the chief compliance officer of SLR Investment Corp. since July 2008, the chief compliance officer of SCP Private Credit Income BDC LLC since June 2018 and the chief compliance officer of SLR Private Credit BDC II LLC since April 2022. In addition, Mr. Talarico previously served as the chief compliance officer of SLR Senior Investment Corp. from December 2010 until April 2022. Mr. Talarico serves as managing director of ACA Group, LLC (successor to Foreside Consulting Services LLC, and ultimate successor to Alaric Compliance Services, LLC, which he founded in December 2005). Mr. Talarico has served and continues to serve as chief compliance officer for other BDCs, funds and/or investment advisers who are not affiliated with the SLR entities. Mr. Talarico holds a B.S. ChE from Lehigh University, an M.B.A. from Fairleigh Dickinson University and a J.D. from New York Law School.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our Board. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include selecting the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company, reviewing with such independent registered public accounting firm the planning, scope and results of their audit of the Company’s financial

statements, pre-approving the

fees for services performed, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the adequacy of internal control systems, reviewing the Company’s annual financial statements and periodic filings and receiving the Company’s audit reports and financial statements. The Audit Committee has also established guidelines and make recommendations to our Board regarding the valuation of our investments. The Audit Committee is responsible for aiding our Board in determining the fair value of debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The Board and the Audit Committee may utilize the services of nationally recognized third-party valuation firms to help determine the fair value of material assets. The Audit Committee is composed of Steve Hochberg, David S. Wachter and Leonard A. Potter. Mr. Hochberg serves as Chairman of the Audit Committee. Our Board has determined that Mr. Hochberg is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407

of Regulation S-K, as

promulgated under the 1934 Act. Mr. Hochberg meets the current independence and experience requirements

of Rule 10A-3 of

the 1934 Act.

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to, among others, its senior officers, including its

Co-Chief

Executive Officers and its Chief Financial Officer, as well as every officer, director and employee of the Company. The Company’s code of ethics is filed herewith and the Company intends to disclose amendments to or waivers from a required provision of the code of ethics on

Form 8-K.

Nomination of Directors

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which Unitholders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors implemented since the filing of our annual report on Form

10-K

for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Company currently does not consider nominees recommended by our Unitholders.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our affiliated officers receives direct compensation from the Company. Mr. Gross, our

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and President, and Mr. Spohler, our

Co-Chief

Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, through their ownership interest in our Adviser, are entitled to a portion of any profits earned by the Company, which includes any fees payable by us to the Company under the terms of the Investment Management Agreement, less expenses incurred by Adviser in performing its services under the Investment Management Agreement. Mr. Gross and Mr. Spohler do not receive any additional compensation from Adviser in connection with the management of our portfolio.

110

Mr. Peteka, our Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Secretary is paid by the Adviser or its affiliates, and such costs or payments are not subject to reimbursement by the Company. Through unaffiliated ACA Group, LLC, Guy Talarico is our Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). ACA Group, LLC and our CCO are paid by us on a direct basis and will be approved annually by our Board of Directors.

Compensation of Directors

The following table sets forth the compensation of the Company’s directors for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash(1)		Stock Awards(2)		All Other Compensation		Total
Interested Directors
Michael S. Gross		—		—		—		—
Bruce Spohler		—		—		—		—
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg	$	25,000		—		—	$	25,000
David S. Wachter	$	25,000		—		—	$	25,000
Leonard A. Potter	$	25,000		—		—	$	25,000

(1) No compensation is paid to our directors who are “interested persons,” as such term is defined in Section 2(a) (19) of the 1940 Act. We pay each independent director $25,000 per year for serving as a director. We are also authorized to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of each independent director incurred by such director in connection with the fulfillment of his or her duties as an independent director.

(2) We do not maintain a stock or option plan, non-equity incentive plan or pension plan for our directors.

Compensation Committee

The Company currently does not have a Compensation Committee.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During fiscal year 2022 none of the Company’s executive officers served on the board of directors (or a compensation committee thereof or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entities that had one or more executive officers serve on the Compensation Committee of the Company or on the Board of Directors of the Company. No member of the Compensation Committee had any relationship requiring disclosure under any paragraph of Item 404 of Regulation

S-K.

Compensation Committee Report

Currently, none of our executive officers are compensated by the Company, and as such the Company is not required to produce a report on executive officer compensation for inclusion in our annual report on Form

10-K.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Unitholder Matters

The following table sets forth, as of February 24, 2023, the beneficial ownership of each director and executive officer of the Company, and the executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power and has the same address as the Company. Our address is 500 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

111

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Number of Units Owned Beneficially (1)		Percentage of Class(2)
Interested Directors
Michael S. Gross		—		—
Bruce Spohler		—		—
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg		—		—
Leonard A. Potter		—		—
David S. Wachter		—		—
Executive Officers
Richard L. Peteka		—		—
Guy Talarico		—		—
All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)		—		—

(1) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act.

(2) Based on a total of 888,565 Company’s Units issued and outstanding on February 24, 2023.

Set forth below is the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors as of February 24, 2023. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

Name of Director	Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned (1)(2)
Interested Directors		—
Michael S. Gross		—
Bruce Spohler		—
Independent Directors
Steven Hochberg		—
Leonard A. Potter		—
David S. Wachter		—

(1) The dollar ranges are: None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or Over $100,000.

(2) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the 1934 Act.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons

Investment Management Agreement

We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we pay management fees, administrative coordinator fees and incentive fees to the Adviser. The Board held a meeting on January 24, 2023 to approve the Investment Management Agreement. In reliance on certain exemptive relief provided by the SEC, the Board undertook to ratify the Investment Management Agreement at its next

in-person

meeting. Subject to certain restrictions, the Investment Management Agreement will remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors, or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until terminated by the Company, or by the Adviser, upon 60 days’ prior written notice.

Administration Services

Pre-Exchange

Listing

. Prior to an Exchange Listing, pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Adviser has also been appointed as the Administrative Coordinator. The Administrative Coordinator will supervise or provide the Company’s administrative services, including operational trade support, NAV calculations, financial reporting, fund accounting, registrar and transfer agent services. The Administrative Coordinator provides assistance to the Adviser in connection with communicating with investors and other persons with respect to the Company. The Administrative Coordinator, when acting in its administrative capacity, does not provide any investment advisory or investment management services to the Company. Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Company pays the Administrative Coordinator the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Administration Fee for its services.

112

The Investment Management Agreement contains limitations on liability and indemnifications in favor of the Administrative Coordinator, provided that the Administrative Coordinator’s actions do not constitute fraud, bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct (collectively, “Wrongful Conduct”). The Administrative Coordinator’s liability to the Company is subject to an overall cap (except where the Administrative Coordinator has engaged in Wrongful Conduct). In the event that the Administrative Coordinator is terminated or resigns as the administrative coordinator to the Company, the Board reserves the ability to appoint one or more different or replacement administrative coordinators in its sole discretion at any time without notice to the Unitholders, or to assume the Administrative Coordinator’s role on the same or similar terms in providing administration services to the Company.

Our Board will approve the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator on an annual basis prior to an Exchange Listing. In connection with such approval, the Board, including a majority of independent directors, reviews the engagement of the Administrative Coordinator to determine that the relevant provisions of the Investment Management Agreement are carried out satisfactorily and to determine, among other things, whether the fees payable to the Administrative Coordinator are reasonable in light of the services provided. The Board also considers the possibility of obtaining such services from a different third party and whether any other third party service provider would be capable of providing all such services at comparable cost, quality and timeliness.

Post-Exchange Listing

. As described above, in connection with an Exchange Listing, and subject to Board approval, the Company intends to enter into an administration agreement with SCM pursuant to which SCM will provide administrative services to the Company. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, the Company will reimburse SCM for the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by SCM in performing its obligations under the administration agreement.

Use of Name

Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, SLR has granted us

a non-exclusive license

to use the name “SLR HC BDC LLC” as the name of the Company and in connection with the marketing and operation of the Company. We have a right to use the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “SLR HC BDC LLC” name or logo.

Relationship with the Adviser and Potential Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of Interest; Other Activities of the Adviser

. Various potential and actual conflicts of interest are expected to arise from the overall investment activities of the Adviser and its affiliates, some of which are noted below. The Adviser and its affiliates serve as an investment adviser to other investment vehicles, funds and clients and expect to make investment decisions for the accounts of others, including other investment vehicles and funds, that are different from those that will be made by the Adviser on behalf of the Company. Such conflicts may arise, for example, when both the Company and/or clients of SLR invest in (i) securities or other instruments issued by a particular issuer and in certain assets owned by such issuer; and (ii) different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, whereby one or more clients own senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior debt or equity of the same issuer, or one or more clients own public securities and other clients own private securities, as well as circumstances in which clients invest in different tranches of the same investment. In such circumstances, matters such as decisions over the operations or activities of the issuer involved; negotiations over the terms and conditions of the investment; decisions with respect to amendments, consents or waivers; the targeted returns from the investment; the timeframe for, or method of, exiting the investment; or bankruptcy-related matters (including decisions over whether to trigger an event of default or over the terms of any workout) are likely to result in conflicts of interest.

Similar conflicts of interest are likely to arise to the extent a Portfolio Investment is in competition with investments owned by the Adviser, its clients or affiliates (

e.g.

, investments in similar regions or markets may compete with respect to customers, tenants and/or purchasers). In order to minimize such conflicts, the Company may avoid making certain investments or taking certain actions that would potentially give rise to conflicts of interest, which could have the effect of limiting the Company’s investment opportunities. Alternatively, the Company might resolve the conflict by adopting a particular strategy (including disposing of an investment earlier than it otherwise would have if no conflict existed), which could result in a different investment outcome than might arise if the Company had adopted an otherwise different investment strategy.

113

All conflicts of interest will be resolved by the Adviser in its sole discretion. When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner as between the Company and other clients of SLR; however, there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be able to resolve such conflict of interest in a fair and equitable manner. For example, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Adviser acting on behalf of itself, an affiliate or another client of an affiliate of SLR, or any of their respective affiliates (for example, by foreclosing on loans, putting an issuer into default and/or transacting with an issuer) in a manner that is not in the best interests, or is opposed to the interests, of the Company.

Subject to the foregoing and applicable law, (i) the Adviser and its affiliates expect to invest for the accounts of clients in various securities or other instruments or investments that are senior,

pari passu

or junior to, or have interests different from or adverse to, the securities or other instruments or investments that are owned by the Company, (ii) the Adviser and its affiliates may engage in transactions, on an arms-length basis, that arrange for or provide financing or leverage for the Company’s investment program and/or investments, and the Company may pledge or sell assets (including pursuant to reverse repurchase agreements) to the Adviser and its affiliates in connection therewith and (iii) the Adviser and/or its affiliates expects to at certain times be simultaneously seeking to purchase (or sell) investments for the Company and to sell (or purchase) the same investment for accounts, funds or structured products for which it serves as asset manager now or in the future, or for its clients or affiliates, and to enter into cross trades (including similar transactions such as novations of derivatives transactions) in such circumstances, including with respect to securities or other assets that may be illiquid and difficult to value. In addition, the Adviser and its affiliates expect to buy securities and other investments from or sell securities and other investments to the Company, if permitted by and in accordance with applicable law. These other relationships may also result in securities laws restrictions on transactions in these instruments by the Company and otherwise create potential conflicts of interest for the Adviser. In the event that the Adviser enters into a transaction resulting in such simultaneous buying and selling or cross trades, the transaction will be reported to the Board in accordance with the Company’s compliance policies and procedures.

Conflicts of interest may also arise where, for example, the Company holds certain loans of an issuer, and that same issuer has issued other loans or instruments that are owned by other clients of SLR or by an entity, in which other clients of SLR have an interest; in such circumstances, SLR may take actions with respect to the assets held by such client that are adverse to the Company, for example, by foreclosing on loans or by putting an issuer into default. In negotiating the terms and conditions of any such investments, or any subsequent amendments or waivers, the Adviser may find that the interests of the Company and the interests of one or more other clients of SLR could conflict. In these situations, decisions over whether to make an investment, proxy voting, corporate reorganization, how to exit an investment, the servicing of loans or bankruptcy matters are likely to result in conflicts of interest. Similarly, if an issuer in which the Company and one or more other clients of SLR directly or indirectly hold different classes of securities (or other assets, instruments or obligations issued by such issuer or underlying investments of such issuer) encounters financial problems, decisions over the terms of any restructuring or workout are likely to raise conflicts of interest (including, for example, conflicts over proposed waivers and amendments to debt covenants). For example, a debt holder may be better served by a liquidation of the issuer in which it may be paid in full, whereas an equity or junior bond holder might prefer a reorganization that holds the potential to create value for the equity holders. Although in some cases the Adviser may refrain from taking certain actions or making investments on behalf of the Company because of conflicts (potentially disadvantaging the Company as a result of actions not taken or investments not made), in other cases the Adviser will not refrain from taking actions or making investments on behalf of the Company that have the potential to disadvantage other SLR clients.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the LLC Agreement, or as required by law, the Adviser or its respective affiliates will not be obligated to refer any actual or potential conflict of interest to Unitholders, or to act in accordance with their advice and counsel. However, if the Company chooses or is required under the LLC Agreement or by law to do so, matters approved by a majority in interest of Unitholders (as applicable) will be final and binding on the Company, the Unitholders, the Access Fund and the Access Fund LPs.

Certain Portfolio Investments may engage in activities or take actions that adversely impact the Company or its other Portfolio Investments; provided that such Portfolio Investment does not engage in such activities or actions at the instruction of the Adviser. With respect to Portfolio Investments for which it does not exercise influence or control, the Adviser will likely have limited or no ability to impact such matters. Furthermore, with respect to Portfolio Investments for which it does exercise influence or control, there can be no assurance that the Adviser will be able to impact such matters; for example, directors appointed by the Adviser will have duties to persons other than the Company and/or may recuse themselves from matters presenting actual or potential conflicts of interest.

114

In addition, the Company may be unable or limited in its ability to acquire Portfolio Investments or take certain actions with respect to Portfolio Investments (including taking “active” positions with respect to such Portfolio Investments) due to the Adviser’s duties to other clients or under applicable law (including the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act and U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) or by the Adviser’s intention to avoid certain potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues or obligations, and individual members of the investment team may be subject to similar constraints (or unable to participate in certain Company matters) due to similar considerations. Similarly, the Adviser may be required to take certain actions (including disposing of investments owned by the Company and/or other clients) due to such issues, obligations or potential conflicts. In order for the Adviser to adhere to its applicable fiduciary obligations as well as to address and/or mitigate conflicts of interest, it may not be possible or appropriate to make available resources of the Adviser that might be relevant to particular investment decisions by the investment professionals responsible for the Company’s investment program. Such restrictions could result in such investment professionals making investment or other decisions for the Company that are different from the decisions they would make if there were no such limits or restrictions.

In connection with its investment program, the Company, in the sole discretion of the Adviser may take various forms of action (“Litigation Actions”) with other investors and/or parties, including issuing demand letters, making and defending claims, filing lawsuits and/or taking other dispute resolution-related measures. In connection with such Litigation Actions, the Company may be required to bear certain fees, costs, expenses and liabilities. Other SLR clients that are or were investors in, or otherwise involved with, the subject investments may or may not (depending on the circumstances) be parties to such Litigation Actions, with the result that the Company may participate in Litigation Actions in which not all SLR clients with similar investments may participate, and such

non-participating

clients may benefit from the results of such Litigation Actions without bearing or otherwise being subject to the associated fees, costs, expenses and liabilities. SLR, for example, typically does not pursue legal claims on behalf of its separately managed client accounts.

Although the principals and employees of the Adviser will devote as much time to the Company as the Adviser deems appropriate, the principals and employees may have conflicts in allocating their time and services among the Company and the other accounts now or hereafter advised by the Adviser and/or its affiliates.

The Adviser, the Administrative Coordinator and the Custodian will from time to time act as investment advisers, administrators or custodians in relation to, or otherwise be involved with, other companies established by parties other than the Company. Such companies may have similar objectives to the Company. Should a conflict of interest arise, the Board will endeavor to ensure that it is resolved fairly, to the extent it is in a position to do so.

In implementing its investment program, the Company expects to seek to acquire rights (including rights of first offer, rights of first refusal,

non-competition

rights, exclusivity rights and purchase rights) arising under existing contractual arrangements (including agreements with joint venture partners, servicers, originators and Portfolio Investments) of the Adviser, other clients of the Adviser or other affiliates of the foregoing; conversely, the Company may obtain such rights in connection with its investment program and may seek to transfer such rights to such entities. Any transfer of rights may or may not involve the receipt by the transferor of a purchase price or direct consideration, depending on the circumstances. Such activities are likely to give rise to certain conflicts of interest. In particular, (i) any such rights will likely be illiquid, and if sold will likely be difficult to value; (ii) the Adviser will be conflicted in determining whether to assign a value to any such right, as well as in determining any value assigned thereto; (iii) the Adviser may be incentivized to pursue investment opportunities arising under such arrangements (including due to a desire to maintain a long-term relationship with a transaction counterparty), and may forgo other attractive investment opportunities for the Company as a result; and (iv) to the extent the Company’s rights are dependent on its ownership of a Portfolio Investment, the Adviser may be incentivized to extend such Portfolio Investment’s duration to enable such rights to be transferred to another entity. Conversely, the Company may not (or may be unable to) acquire or dispose of such rights, which could give rise to certain conflicts of interest; for instance, if another client of the Adviser or its affiliates has a right of first offer with respect to transaction types, the Company’s ability to pursue such transactions could be constrained if it does not acquire such right. In addition, the documentation relating to any assignment of such rights could be complex, difficult to enforce and (among other things) potentially expose the Company to the liabilities of another related entity.

The Company expects to make investments through joint ventures, strategic partnerships or similar arrangements with third parties, the terms of which will often provide for the payment of fees, incentive compensation and/or other amounts to such third parties. These amounts will typically be borne (directly or indirectly) by the Company. Such amounts will generally not give rise to a reduction in the Management Fees, Administration Expenses or Incentive Fees payable by the Company, and the Adviser may therefore be incentivized to pursue investment opportunities arising under such arrangements (including to maintain or develop a long-term or strategic relationship with a third party).

115

Conflicts Related to Cross-Trades

. The Adviser may, to the extent permitted under applicable law, effect client cross trades where the Adviser causes a transaction to be effected between the Company and another account advised by it or its affiliate. The valuation of loans or other assets that may be transferred from the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates involves inherent conflicts of interest for the Adviser, and there is no guarantee that the Adviser will resolve these conflicts in a manner that will not have an adverse effect on the Company.

Conflicts Related to Sale of Loans

. The Company may sell a portion of any loans or certain other assets originated by the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates. As a result, the Company’s initial participation in such loans or other assets may be greater, and its available liquid capital less, than it would have been if the Company did not expect to ultimately sell part of such loans or other assets to another fund managed by the Adviser or affiliates. To the extent the Company purchases loans or other assets and subsequently sells a portion thereof to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates, the Company will bear the risk of changes in the value of such loans or other assets during the period it holds such loans or other amounts and the amount of capital available to the Company to pursue other investment opportunities may be reduced. Furthermore, it may be difficult to determine the value of the loans or other assets transferred by the Company. As a result, consideration due to the Company from other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates whenever it may sell the loans or other assets is subject to uncertainty and valuation risks as described elsewhere herein. The valuation of loans or other assets that may be transferred from the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates involves inherent conflicts of interest for the Adviser, and there is no guarantee that the Adviser will resolve these conflicts in a manner that will not have an adverse effect on the Company. To help mitigate these conflicts, the Adviser may engage an independent third party valuation agent (whose fees will be borne by the Company) to price loans sold from the Company to other funds managed by the Adviser or affiliates.

Service Providers

. The nature of the relationship with a Service Provider and the amount of time devoted or required to be devoted by a Service Provider are expected to vary considerably. In some cases, a Service Provider may provide sector-, industry- and/or regional-specific insights and feedback on investment themes, assist in transaction due diligence, and/or make introductions to and provide reference checks on management teams. In other cases, Service Providers may take on more extensive roles and serve as executives or directors on the board of directors of Portfolio Investments or portfolio companies or contribute to the origination of new investment opportunities. In certain instances, there may be formal arrangements with Service Providers (which may or may not be terminable upon notice by any party), and in other cases the relationships may be more informal. Service Providers may receive compensation regardless of whether a Portfolio Investment is consummated (including pursuant to retainers and expense reimbursement), and/or may be uncompensated unless and until an engagement with a Portfolio Investment develops. In certain cases, they may have certain attributes of “employees” of the Adviser (

e.g.

, they may have dedicated offices at the Adviser, participate in general meetings and events for the Adviser personnel, work on matters of the Adviser as their primary or sole business activity and/or be compensated on a weekly or monthly basis rather than on a project basis) even though they are not considered employees of the Adviser, affiliates or personnel for purposes of provisions of this report, the LLC Agreement and the Investment Management Agreement relating to Adviser expenses.

Because certain services provided by Service Providers, such as the identification or analysis of investments, might otherwise be provided by employees of the Adviser, the Adviser will have an incentive to retain such Service Providers and have them paid by the Company rather than hiring employees or otherwise paying for these services out of its own resources, particularly since the fees, costs, expenses and liabilities of these parties may be substantial (

e.g.

, fees payable to individual Service Providers may exceed $1 million in any given year). There can be no assurance that any of the Service Providers will continue to serve in such roles for the expected duration of their engagement. Moreover, agreements with Service Providers may provide for the indemnification by the Company of a Service Provider against certain costs and liabilities, which may have the effect of reducing the Adviser’s potential costs and obligations. In addition, if the Company utilizes a Service Provider that the Adviser, its clients and/or its affiliates have an option to acquire, the Adviser may be incentivized to have the Company provide substantial compensation or take other measures with respect to such Service Provider in order to facilitate such acquisition or enable the prospective purchasers to acquire the Service Provider on more favorable terms.

The Company expects to utilize or otherwise engage in transactions with, and to invest in entities that utilize or otherwise engage in transactions with, Service Providers that are owned by, affiliated with or otherwise related to the Company, other clients of the Adviser, the Adviser, or any affiliate or respective personnel thereof. The Company’s involvement with affiliated Service Providers will give rise to conflicts of interest. For example, (i) while the Adviser may have an incentive to cause the Company to utilize affiliated Service Providers, there can be no guarantee that such Service Providers will have a positive impact on the Company or its investments, or that they will produce results better than unaffiliated Service Providers; (ii) the Adviser may be less incentivized to pursue remedies and enforce rights against an affiliated Service Provider as compared to an unaffiliated Service Provider; (iii) the Adviser may be incentivized to utilize an affiliated Service Provider in order to support such entity, benefit or reduce amounts owed by the other users of or purchasers from such entity, and/or benefit the Adviser-affiliated owners of such entity (which may not include the Company), including by generating fees or other compensation paid to such entity (which will not offset the Management Fee, Administration Expenses or Incentive Fees paid by the Company); (iv) while the fees and expenses paid to any Service Provider that is an affiliate of the Adviser will be determined in the Board’s commercially reasonable discretion, taking into account the relevant facts and circumstances and consistent with

116

the responsibilities of the Board and the Adviser, the Board may still be incentivized to agree to more favorable compensation terms with an affiliated Service Provider than with an unaffiliated Service Provider, and such terms will not necessarily be confirmed as being comparable to the market rates for such services; (v) to the extent the Company acquires or sells an interest in an affiliated Service Provider via cross trade with another affiliate of the Adviser, such investment will likely be illiquid and difficult to value, and such valuation will result in conflicts of interest; and (vi) to the extent any such Service Provider is owned by or services multiple Adviser-affiliated entities, the allocation of opportunities and expenses among the relevant entities will require the exercise of discretion. In addition, any such Service Provider may have duties to parties other than the Company, and the Company may not be able to control or influence the standards or actions of such Service Provider notwithstanding its affiliation. Any such affiliated Service Provider may also be acquired by one or more third parties or an affiliate of the Adviser, which could reduce or eliminate any benefits the Company previously received by virtue of its prior affiliation.

Potential Conflicts Relating to the Allocation of Investment Opportunities among the Company and Other Investment Vehicles

. Various potential and actual conflicts of interest are expected to arise in connection with the allocation of investment opportunities among the Company and other investment vehicles managed or advised by SLR. Investment opportunities that become known to the Adviser may be appropriate for the Company as well as for the Adviser’s other clients and for the clients of SLR. The Adviser may face conflicts of interest with respect to the allocation of such opportunities.

The Company intends to

co-invest

with other

SEC-regulated

funds and private funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, the Company may

co-invest

with such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting the Company and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that the Adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. The Company may also

co-invest

with the Adviser’s or its affiliates’ other clients as otherwise permissible under the Order. The Order permits the Company to participate in negotiated

co-investment

transactions with certain affiliates, each of whose investment adviser is SLR or an investment adviser that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with SLR and is registered under the Advisers Act. Transactions entered pursuant to the Order must be conducted in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, and pursuant to the conditions in the Order. The limitations imposed by the Order or the inability to rely upon the Order could limit the ability of the Company to participate in certain investment opportunities.

The Adviser has written policies relating to the allocation of investment opportunities, and the Adviser will allocate investment opportunities that become known to the Adviser and that the Adviser considers appropriate for the Company among the Adviser’s sponsored funds and other clients, in accordance with the Adviser’s allocation policy and procedures. With respect to investment opportunities that are appropriate for other clients of SLR, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, SLR has agreed upon an allocation methodology that it believes will result in the relevant clients each being allocated an appropriate level of such opportunity. Although the Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, decisions as to the allocation of investment opportunities present numerous conflicts of interest, which may not be resolved in a manner that is favorable to the Company’s interests. Moreover, allocation decisions involving

co-investment

opportunities will depend on the ability of the Company and clients of the Adviser and SLR to rely on SEC exemptive relief relating to

co-investments

with business development companies advised by SLR.

The Adviser expects that in certain circumstances it will permit other investment vehicles to

co-invest

with the Company. In that case, allocations will be made in the sole discretion of the Adviser and may result in the investments being made on different terms or in different securities. In addition, these types of

co-investments

may result in conflicts regarding decisions relating to that investment, including with respect to timing of disposition or strategic objectives.

Material

Non-Public

Information

. The Adviser expects to come into possession of material

non-public

information concerning specific issuers. Under applicable securities laws, this may limit the Adviser’s flexibility to buy or sell securities issued by such issuers on behalf of the Company or otherwise use such information for the benefit of the Company (

e.g.

, in situations when the Company is asked to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to loans, the Adviser’s ability to assess the desirability of such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised). The Adviser may decline to pursue certain investment opportunities or exit strategies on behalf of the Company in order to avoid being in possession of material

non-public

information in respect of an issuer where such possession would limit the Adviser’s ability to trade in other securities of such issuer on behalf of their other clients. Alternatively, the Adviser may decline to receive material

non-public

information in order to avoid trading restrictions, even though access to such information might have been advantageous and other market participants are in possession of such information.

117

In addition, in circumstances when a Unitholder receives, in connection with its investment in the Company, material

non-public

information concerning specific issuers, such Unitholder’s flexibility to buy or sell securities issued by such issuers or otherwise use such information may similarly be limited or restricted under applicable securities laws.

With respect to transactions involving material

non-public

information (among others), the Investment Committee may delegate investment and/or asset management decisions to other investment professionals of the Adviser in their sole discretion. Any decisions made by such subset or other investment professionals may be materially different and/or less optimal than decisions that would have been made by the Investment Committee.

In the event any material,

non-public

information is disclosed to any person responsible for the affairs of the Company, the Company may be prohibited by applicable securities laws and the Company’s Joint Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy from acting upon any such information. Due to these restrictions, the Company may not be able to conclude a transaction that it otherwise might have concluded. In other cases, because of confidential or material

non-public

information acquired by SLR, the Company may also be prohibited from acquiring an investment that it otherwise might have acquired.

Co-Investments

. With respect to a Portfolio Investment for which the Adviser determines

co-investment

capacity is available, the Adviser may, in its sole discretion, offer any portion of a

co-investment

to Unitholders or to third parties (which may be unaffiliated or affiliated with the Adviser or its affiliates, which may include Service Providers), or may cause the Company to retain such amounts. Each

co-investment

may be made by a separate vehicle formed for the purpose of making such

co-investment.

Any Unitholder participating in a

co-investment

may be required to pay fees (including management, incentive and administration fees) in connection with such

co-investment

(and, for the avoidance of doubt, any such fees or amounts shall not be considered Transaction Fees (as defined below). Distributions of income and proceeds related to each

co-investment

will be made separately from, and not aggregated with, distributions of income and proceeds related to the corresponding Portfolio Investment by the Company. “Transaction Fees” means the Company’s portion (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) of any directors’, transaction,

break-up,

consulting, financial and advisory or other fees paid to the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries by any third party in connection with any proposed or existing Portfolio Investment; provided that, in each case, Transaction Fees will not include (i) any amounts paid as reimbursement for

out-of-pocket

expenses incurred in connection with providing services in respect of which such Transaction Fees were paid, (ii) any amounts paid to Service Providers in connection with any Company investment or (iii) any amounts paid by any investor or investment vehicle making a

co-investment

with the Company or investing alongside the Company. In determining the Company’s portion of any Transaction Fees, the Company may take into account its proportionate ownership of a Portfolio Investment’s entire capital structure (including both debt and equity). The Adviser or any of its subsidiaries may take actions to give effect to the above arrangement other than reducing Management Fees (

e.g.

, rebating or waiving Transaction Fees at the Portfolio Investment level), in which case Transaction Fees will not reduce Management Fees as described above. For the avoidance of doubt, any fees and expenses paid to SLR Healthcare ABL (f/k/a Gemino Healthcare Finance LLC), or any existing or future entity which has been acquired by the Adviser or any affiliate of the Adviser, in each case, on an arms-length basis in connection with services provided in relation to any Portfolio Investments are not Transaction Fees and will not offset Management Fees.

The Adviser is under no obligation to provide

co-investment

opportunities to Unitholders, and any such

co-investment

opportunity may be offered to one or more third parties.

Co-investment

opportunities will be allocated as determined by the Adviser in its sole discretion. In determining such allocations, the Adviser may take into account any facts or circumstances it deems appropriate, including the size of the prospective

co-investor’s

investment in the Company and any other vehicles or accounts advised by the Adviser or its affiliates; whether and the extent to which the prospective

co-investor

has expressed an interest in

co-investment

opportunities; the Adviser’s evaluation of the financial resources, sophistication and experience of the potential

co-investor,

with respect to the execution of

co-investment

transactions generally, and with respect to the geographic location or business activities of the applicable Portfolio Investment; perception of past experiences and relationships with each prospective

co-investor;

whether or not such person has

co-invested

previously and the ability of any such

co-investor

to respond promptly and appropriately to potential investment opportunities; perception of the legal, regulatory, reporting, public relations, competitive, confidentiality or other issues that may arise with respect to any prospective

co-investor;

and any strategic value or other benefit to the Adviser or its affiliates resulting from offering such

co-investment

opportunity to a prospective

co-investor.

Nothing in this report constitutes a guarantee, prediction or projection of the availability of

co-investment

opportunities.

Co-investments

may result in conflicts between the Company and other

co-investors

(for example, over the price and other terms of such investment, exit strategies and related matters, including the exercise of remedies of their respective investments). Furthermore, to the extent that the Company holds interests that are different (or more senior) than those held by such other

co-investors,

the Adviser may be presented with decisions involving circumstances where the interests of such

co-investors

are in conflict with those of the Company. To the extent any affiliate of the Adviser

co-invests

with the Company, such conflicts will be heightened.

118

The Adviser may grant certain Unitholders a priority right to participate in

co-investment

opportunities, subject to the requirements of the Order and to applicable law. The existence of such priority

co-investment

rights may result in other Unitholders receiving fewer or no

co-investment

opportunities. Because

co-investors

may not be identified and/or may not agree to invest until relatively late in the investment process, or for other reasons,

co-investors

may not bear their proportionate share of investment-related expenses (including “broken deal” expenses). Beneficial owners of more than 25% of the Company’s Units are not permitted to participate in

co-investment

opportunities, and beneficial owners of between 5% and 25% of the Company’s Units are only permitted to participate in

co-investment

opportunities upon approval of the Company’s Board. A

non-binding

indication of interest in

co-investments

does not require the Adviser to notify such interested party of any

co-investment

opportunity.

Certain Potential Conflicts Relating to Expenses

. The appropriate allocation of fees and expenses among the Company and other funds or accounts advised by the Adviser or any of its affiliates often cannot be resolved by reference to a

pre-existing

formula and will require the exercise of discretion. In addition, it is expected that the Company will bear expenses related to investments that it does not consummate (

i.e.,

broken deal expenses). While the Adviser has adopted policies and procedures designed to fairly and equitably allocate expenses, the Adviser and its affiliates will be subject to conflicts of interest in making such determinations, and there can be no assurance that errors will not arise in such allocations, or that any allocations (i) will reflect an entity’s

pro rata

share of such expenses based on the amounts invested (or anticipated to be invested) / market value of the investment held (or anticipated to be held) by each fund or account managed by the Adviser or its affiliates or (ii) will be in proportion to the number of participating funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, or the proportion of time spent on each fund managed by the Adviser or its affiliates, or that such allocations will not confer an economic benefit on other entities at the Company’s expense. Similarly, the determination of whether an expense (for instance, the fees and expenses of consultants, contract employees, outside legal counsel and temporary employees (as well as secondees of any of the foregoing) who work on Company -related matters) is appropriately borne by the Company (or a specific group of Company investors) or the Adviser often cannot be resolved by reference to a

pre-existing

formula and will require the exercise of discretion, and the Adviser is subject to conflicts of interest in making such determinations. In particular, the Adviser may be incentivized to (i) classify expenses as borne by the Company as opposed to the Adviser and (ii) decrease the level or quality of third-party services provided to the Company to the extent such services are paid for by the Adviser.

For administrative and other reasons, the Adviser may (i) cause the Company to be invoiced for, advance or otherwise bear on a temporary basis all or a portion of an expense ultimately intended to be borne in whole or in part by another vehicle managed by the Adviser or an affiliate and/or (ii) make corrective allocations of expenses among such vehicles to reflect their appropriate share of such expenses. Such measures generally will not include the imposition of an interest charge or other payments designed to compensate (whether for time value, opportunity cost or otherwise) a particular vehicle for temporarily bearing a disproportionate share of expenses.

The Company and certain other funds managed by the Adviser or an affiliate may, but are not expected to hold certain investments and conduct certain activities through the same SPVs or other structures. The use of such common SPVs or other structures may give rise to various conflicts of interest; for example, the use of any such vehicle may make it more difficult to address specific considerations applicable to the Company than if separate vehicles were used. In addition, a level of discretion will be required with respect to each entity’s relative participation in any such vehicle, including adjustments intended to reflect the entities’ relative capital available for investment as of the conclusion of their respective offering periods.

Incentive Fee; Use of Leverage

. The existence of the Adviser’s Post-Exchange Listing Incentive Fee will create an incentive for the Adviser to make more speculative investments on behalf of the Company than it might otherwise make in the absence of such performance-based compensation. Additionally, the Company has broad authority to utilize leverage; as the use of leverage has the potential to magnify gains, the Adviser may be incentivized to utilize leverage in an effort to enhance the Company’s performance and/or generate Incentive Fees for itself. Additionally, prior to an Exchange Listing, the Adviser may be incentivized to utilize a Commitment-based Company credit facility, since (i) borrowings associated with such facility generally will be included for purposes of the

Pre-Exchange

Listing Management Fee payable to the Adviser and (ii) the utilization of such facility may enable the Adviser not to draw down Commitments and thereby receive

Pre-Exchange

Listing Incentive Fees sooner than it would have in the absence of such facility.

Valuation

. Subject to approval by the Board, the Adviser will value securities, loans or other instruments for which market quotes are not readily available at fair value (or if extraordinary events occur after the last readily available quotation), and is subject to certain conflicts of interest in doing so. In particular, the Adviser may be incentivized to produce higher valuations in order to enhance Company performance, and/or due to the operation of the guideline.

119

Diverse Unitholder Group

. It is expected that the Unitholders will have conflicting investment, tax and other interests with respect to their investments in the Company. The conflicting interests of Unitholders may relate to, or arise from, among other things, the acquisition or structuring of Portfolio Investments and the timing and disposition of Portfolio Investments. As a consequence, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with decisions made by the Adviser that may be more beneficial for one investor than for another investor, for example, with respect to Unitholders’ individual tax situations. In addition, the Company may make Portfolio Investments which may have a negative impact on related or unrelated investments made by Unitholders in transactions outside of the Company. In selecting and structuring Portfolio Investments appropriate for the Company, the Adviser will consider the investment and tax objectives of the Company and the Unitholders as a group, not the investment, tax or other objectives of any Unitholder individually.

Changing and Evolving Conflicts and Potential Conflicts

. From time to time, the Adviser, its affiliates and their personnel may enter new lines of business and modify or further develop existing lines of business for itself and for clients. Expertise in a range of disciplines may lead to the Adviser entering new businesses and/or other potential investment opportunities, directly or indirectly (including through joint ventures or other arrangements), which in turn may introduce potential conflicts in the allocation of time, resources and investment opportunities made available to the Company by the Adviser. Similarly, the composition of the Adviser may also change, and these changes may have an impact on the Company’s business lines and the activities it conducts for itself and for clients.

There is no guarantee that the Adviser’s business, and any associated potential conflicts of interest, will not change or become more acute. As a result, it is difficult to predict or foresee the potential conflicts that may arise as the business of the Adviser changes and evolves. Thus, potential investors should view these disclosures as being preliminary only and not exhaustive.

Certain Business Relationships

Certain of our current directors and officers are directors or officers of other funds managed by the Adviser.

Director Independence

Pursuant to Section 56 of the 1940 Act, a majority of a BDC’s board of directors must be comprised of persons who are not “interested persons,” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, of the Company or any of its affiliates.

Consistent with these considerations, after review of all relevant transactions and relationships between each director, or any of his or her family members, and the Company, the Adviser, or of any of their respective affiliates, the Board has determined that Messrs. Hochberg, Potter and Wachter qualify as independent directors. Each director who serves on the Audit Committee is an independent director for purposes of Rule

10A-3

under the 1934 Act.

Promoters and Certain Control Persons

The Adviser may be deemed a promoter of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser, for its services to us, is entitled to receive management fees and incentive fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Investment Management Agreement, we expect, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of our Board, to indemnify the Adviser and certain of its affiliates.

Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

Under the LLC Agreement, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office unless a determination is made by final decision of a court, by vote of a majority of a quorum of directors who are disinterested,

non-party

directors or by independent legal counsel that the liability for which indemnification is sought did not arise out of the foregoing conduct. In addition, we have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

120

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

KPMG LLP has advised us that neither the firm nor any present member or associate of it has any material financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Company or its affiliates.

Table below in thousands

	Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2022		Period Ended December 31, 2021
Audit Fees	$	125.2	$	110.0
Audit-Related Fees		—		—
Tax Fees		16.5		17.5
All Other Fees		—		—
Total Fees:	$	141.7	$	127.5

Audit Fees

: Audit fees consist of fees for professional services rendered for quarterly reviews and services that are normally provided by KPMG LLP in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

Audit-Related Fees

: Audit-related services consist of fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

Tax Services Fees

:

 Tax services fees consist of fees for professional tax services. These services also include assistance regarding federal, state, and local tax compliance.

All Other Fees

:

 Other fees would include fees for products and services other than the services reported above.

Pre-Approval

Policy

:

The Audit Committee has established

a pre-approval policy

that describes the permitted audit, audit-related, tax and other services to be provided by KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The policy requires that the Audit

Committee pre-approve the

audit

and non-audit services

performed by the independent auditor in order to assure that the provision of such service does not impair the auditor’s independence.

Any requests for audit, audit-related, tax and other services that have not received

general pre-approval must

be submitted to the Audit Committee for

specific pre-approval, irrespective

of the amount, and cannot commence until such approval has been granted.

Normally, pre-approval is

provided at regularly scheduled meetings of the Audit Committee. However, the Audit Committee may

delegate pre-approval authority

to one or more of its members. The member or members to whom such authority is delegated shall report

any pre-approval decisions

to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. The Audit Committee does not delegate its responsibilities

to pre-approve services

performed by the independent registered public accounting firm to management. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, the Audit Committee

pre-approved

100% of the services described in this policy.

121

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report

Index	Page No.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	79
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021	80
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021	81
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Unitholders’ Capital for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021	82
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2022 and the period ended December 31, 2021	83
Consolidated Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2022 and 2021	84
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	88

(b) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or are hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:

Exhibit No.	Description
3.1	Certificate of Formation(1)
3.2 3.3	Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation(1) Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement(1)
4.1	Form of Subscription Agreement(2)
4.2	Description of Securities(4)
10.1	Form of Investment Management Agreement with Solar Capital Partners, LLC(1)
10.2	Custody Agreement by and between Solar Capital Ltd., Solar Senior Capital Ltd. and Citibank, N.A.(1)
10.3	Custodial Services Election Agreement by and between the Company and Citibank, N.A(1)
10.4	Form of Revolving Credit Agreement by and between the Company and ING Capital LLC as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner(3)
10.5	Form of Loan and Security Agreement by and among SLR HC BDC SPV LLC, as borrower; SLR HC BDC LLC as parent and servicer; the Lenders party hereto; the collateral agent, collateral administrator and securities intermediary party hereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, dated as of February 18, 2022(5)
14.1	Code of Ethics*
14.2	Code of Business Conduct(4)
21.1	Subsidiaries of SLR HC BDC LLC*
31.1	Certification of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.*
31.2	Certification of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.*
31.3	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.*
32.1	Certification of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.2	Certification of Co-Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.3	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101.INS*	Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*	Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104	Cover Page Interactive Data File – The cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document

* Filed herewith

(1) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-56247) filed with the SEC on January 29, 2021.

122

(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-56247) filed with the SEC on March 22, 2021.

(3) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-56247) filed on May 5, 2021.

(4) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s report on Form 10-K filed on March 1, 2022.

(5) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-56247) filed on May 3, 2022.

Item 16. Form

10-K

Summary

None.

123

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SLR HC BDC LLC
/s/ M ICHAEL S. G ROSS	/s/ B RUCE J. S POHLER
Michael S. Gross Co-Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board and Director Date: February 28, 2023	Bruce J. Spohler Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director Date: February 28, 2023

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

Date	Signature	Title
February 28, 2023	/s/ M ICHAEL S. G ROSS Michael S. Gross	Co-Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2023	/s/ B RUCE J. S POHLER Bruce J. Spohler	Co-Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
February 28, 2023	/s/ S TEVEN H OCHBERG Steven Hochberg	Director
February 28, 2023	/s/ D AVID S. W ACHTER David S. Wachter	Director
February 28, 2023	/s/ L EONARD A. P OTTER Leonard A. Potter	Director
February 28, 2023	/s/ R ICHARD L. P ETEKA Richard L. Peteka	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Secretary

124